{"title":"Multipoint Gearboxes","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"genuine-multipoint-gearbox-double-spindle","title":"Genuine Multipoint Gearbox Double Spindle","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntroducing the Bowater Gearbox, a reliable and robust solution for your locking needs. This gearbox features a unique 35mm backset and a 92\/70mm double spindle mechanism, ensuring compatibility with a variety of door types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e: The case measures 234mm in height and 52mm in width.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e: Requires self-tapping screws for secure fitting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility Note\u003c\/strong\u003e: Be aware that earlier versions of this gearbox have different screw positions and are not interchangeable with newer models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanism\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed for lift lever operation, providing ease of use and functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo reverse the latch, follow these steps:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnscrew the lock case with the latch facing left.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the flat positioning plate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTake out the latch clip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the latch retaining spring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReverse the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReassemble the components in the reverse order.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis gearbox is engineered for durability and efficiency, making it an excellent choice for both residential and commercial applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo measure the backset, follow these steps:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdentify the Door Edge\u003c\/strong\u003e: Locate the edge of the door where the lock will be installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasure from the Edge\u003c\/strong\u003e: Use a tape measure to find the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder or the keyhole. This distance is your backset measurement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConfirm the Measurement\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ensure that the measurement is accurate, as it is crucial for proper installation and functionality of the lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo measure the centres (PZ), do the following:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocate the Lock Cylinder\u003c\/strong\u003e: Identify the position of the lock cylinder on the door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasure the Distance\u003c\/strong\u003e: Measure from the center of the cylinder to the center of the handle or lever. This distance is your PZ measurement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDouble-Check\u003c\/strong\u003e: Verify the measurement to ensure compatibility with your locking mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegarding the operation of the gearbox, it is designed for both lift lever and split spindle nightlatch functions. This means you can operate the lock using a lever handle that lifts to engage the latch or use a split spindle mechanism that allows for independent operation of the outside handle. This versatility makes it suitable for various door types and security needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo measure the backset, follow these steps:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdentify the Door Edge\u003c\/strong\u003e: Locate the edge of the door where the lock will be installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasure from the Edge\u003c\/strong\u003e: Use a tape measure to find the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder or the keyhole. This distance is your backset measurement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConfirm the Measurement\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ensure that the measurement is accurate, as it is crucial for proper installation and functionality of the lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo measure the centres (PZ), do the following:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocate the Lock Cylinder\u003c\/strong\u003e: Identify the position of the lock cylinder on the door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasure the Distance\u003c\/strong\u003e: Measure from the center of the cylinder to the center of the handle or lever. This distance is your PZ measurement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDouble-Check\u003c\/strong\u003e: Verify the measurement to ensure compatibility with your locking mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOperation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bowater Gearbox operates in two ways:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLift Lever Operation\u003c\/strong\u003e: This allows you to engage the latch by lifting the lever handle, providing a smooth and intuitive locking mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSplit Spindle Nightlatch\u003c\/strong\u003e: This feature enables independent operation of the outside handle, allowing for added security and convenience, especially in situations where you may want to lock the door from the inside while still allowing access from the outside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis versatility makes the Bowater Gearbox suitable for various door types and security needs, ensuring both functionality and ease of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bowater","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53715734495570,"sku":"BOWCASE35-UDF","price":51.91,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/BOWCASE35_1_1.avif?v=1781155782"},{"product_id":"multipoint-gearbox-lift-lever-or-split-spindle-1","title":"Multipoint Gearbox - Lift Lever or Split Spindle","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Duraflex Multipoint Door Lock Gearboxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDuraflex multipoint door lock gearboxes are designed with a unique square shape, featuring no corner cut-outs. They come in two backset options: 35mm and 45mm, with an overall length of 221mm and a width that includes the backset plus an additional 18mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch and Deadbolt Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch height: 24mm (with two distinctive screws)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolt height: 30mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between latch and deadbolt: 61mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScrew Configuration:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGearboxes are secured to the faceplate with four screws, which is atypical for multipoint locks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScrew hole measurements:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirst to second: 37mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecond to third: 85mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThird to fourth: 43mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhen measuring the backset, account for an additional 2-3mm for the faceplate. For instance, a 35mm backset gearbox will measure approximately 32mm when not attached to the strip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngage the lock by lifting the lever or using a split spindle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo reverse the latch, unscrew it, flip it, and reinsert before securing it again.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNightlatch Split Spindle Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the latch to access a small screw. Rotate the screw 180 degrees with a small screwdriver, then return the latch to its original position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Procedure:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to automatically engage the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to activate additional locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThrow the deadbolt and secure the system by turning the key (note: on some models, lifting the handle will automatically throw the deadbolt).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnlocking Procedure:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnlock the system by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA further quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis comprehensive guide ensures you understand the functionality and installation of Duraflex multipoint door lock gearboxes, providing security and ease of use for your doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"title\" id=\"tab-label-shortdescription\" style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"content\" id=\"shortdescription\" data-role=\"content\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"content-data-simplebar\" data-simplebar=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product attribute description\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"value\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure you have a clear understanding of the product specifications for the Duraflex multipoint door lock gearboxes, here’s a detailed breakdown of how to measure the backset and centres, as well as an explanation of the operation:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring the Backset:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo measure the backset, follow these steps:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdentify the Door Edge:\u003c\/strong\u003e Locate the edge of the door where the lock will be installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasure from the Edge:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use a tape measure to find the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder hole. This distance is your backset measurement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConsider Faceplate Thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Remember to account for the thickness of the faceplate, which can add an additional 2-3mm to your measurement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring the Centres (PZ):\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo measure the centres (PZ), do the following:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocate the Cylinder Hole:\u003c\/strong\u003e Identify the hole where the cylinder will be fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasure from the Edge:\u003c\/strong\u003e Measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the cylinder hole. This measurement should be 92mm for the Duraflex lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConfirm Alignment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ensure that the measurement is consistent on both sides of the door for proper alignment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation of the Lock:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Duraflex multipoint door lock can be operated in two ways:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLift Lever:\u003c\/strong\u003e To engage the locking mechanism, simply lift the lever handle. This action will activate the latch and deadbolt, securing the door at multiple points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSplit Spindle Nightlatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e If using a split spindle, turning the key will engage the lock, while lifting the handle will allow you to operate the latch without unlocking the deadbolt. This feature is particularly useful for added security and convenience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis comprehensive overview should assist you in understanding the specifications and operation of the Duraflex multipoint door lock gearboxes, ensuring a smooth installation and reliable performance.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Duraflex","offers":[{"title":"35mm","offer_id":53715796590930,"sku":"DURCASE35-UDF","price":49.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm","offer_id":53715796623698,"sku":"DURCASE45-UDF","price":63.37,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/DURCASE35_1_2.avif?v=1781156338"},{"product_id":"bifold-passive-genuine-multipoint-gearbox-lift-lever-or-split-spindle","title":"Bifold Passive Genuine Multipoint Gearbox - Lift Lever or Split Spindle","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable as either a large or small air gap variant. The large air gap is on the right in the photo above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn closing the door, the latch is automatically engaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLift the handle up to engage the additional locking points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThrow the deadbolt and lock the system by turning the key (on some brands, the deadbolt will be thrown by lifting the handle).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlock the system by turning the key.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA further quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"title\" id=\"tab-label-shortdescription\" style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo measure the backset, follow these steps:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdentify the Door Edge\u003c\/strong\u003e: Locate the edge of the door where the lock will be installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasure from the Edge\u003c\/strong\u003e: Use a tape measure to find the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder or the latch. This distance is your backset measurement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCheck for Standard Sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e: Common backset sizes are typically 35mm or 45mm, so ensure your measurement aligns with these standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo measure the centres (PZ), do the following:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocate the Cylinder\u003c\/strong\u003e: Identify the position of the cylinder on the door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasure from the Cylinder to the Handle\u003c\/strong\u003e: Measure the distance from the center of the cylinder to the center of the handle. This distance is your PZ measurement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConfirm with Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ensure that your measurement matches the specified 92mm for the centres.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegarding the operation of the Lift Lever or Split Spindle Nightlatch:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLift Lever\u003c\/strong\u003e: This operation involves lifting the handle to engage the locking mechanism. It is typically used for ease of access and security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSplit Spindle Nightlatch\u003c\/strong\u003e: This allows the handle to operate independently from the lock, meaning you can open the door from the inside without unlocking it from the outside. This feature is particularly useful for emergency exits or when you want to keep the door secure while still allowing free movement inside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese specifications ensure that your locking system functions effectively and meets your security needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ERA","offers":[{"title":"Large Air Gap","offer_id":53715811860818,"sku":"ERABISLAVECASEL-UDF","price":48.83,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Small Air Gap","offer_id":53715811893586,"sku":"ERABISLAVECASES-UDF","price":48.83,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/ERABISLAVECASEL_1_6.avif?v=1781156769"},{"product_id":"genuine-multipoint-gearbox-lift-lever-or-split-spindle","title":"Genuine Multipoint Gearbox - Lift Lever or Split Spindle","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: ERA Multipoint Door Lock Gearboxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eERA multipoint door lock gearboxes are designed for versatility and security, compatible with various locking mechanisms including deadbolts, hookbolts, and Vectis gearboxes. These gearboxes are also recognized under brands such as Fab \u0026amp; Fix, Spartan, Westward, Duraflex, Sapa, and Saracen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDistinctive Design and Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERA gearboxes feature a unique square design without corner cut-outs, measuring 221mm in overall length. The width is determined by the backset plus an additional 18mm. Available backsets include 30mm, 35mm, and 45mm, with all gearboxes maintaining consistent dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanisms\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese gearboxes can accommodate various locking mechanisms:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClassic deadbolt with standard euro cut out, Invincible cylinder cut out, or Vectis 5 lever mechanism.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHook bolt that throws upward.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNotably, the British Standard Fortress invincible gearbox includes hardened drill plates for enhanced security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterchangeability and Customization\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost ERA multipoint gearboxes are interchangeable, allowing for customization based on client needs. If a hook lock is required instead of a deadbolt or Vectis locking mechanism, we can build the lock to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24mm (with 2 distinctive screws)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeadbolt Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance Between Latch and Deadbolt:\u003c\/strong\u003e 61mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScrew Configuration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Held by 4 screws with specific measurements between them (37mm, 85mm, and 43mm).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen measuring the backset, remember to account for an additional 2-3mm for the faceplate. For instance, a 35mm backset gearbox will measure approximately 32mm when not attached to the strip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssociated Products\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a comprehensive range of products related to ERA Deadbolt gearboxes, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultipoint door locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeeps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to automatically engage the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage additional locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThrow the deadbolt and secure the system by turning the key (note: on some brands, lifting the handle will throw the deadbolt).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA further quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo reverse the latch, unscrew it, flip it, and reinsert before replacing the screws.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNightlatch Split Spindle Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the latch to access a small screw. Use a small screwdriver to turn the screw 180 degrees, then return the latch to its correct position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor any inquiries or custom orders, feel free to contact us!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30mm, 35mm, or 45mm\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, start from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole or cylinder. This measurement will help you determine which backset option is suitable for your installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ:\u003c\/strong\u003e 92mm\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the centres, measure the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle spindle hole. This ensures proper alignment for the locking mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCase Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 220mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCase Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backset + 20mm\u003cbr\u003eThe case width is determined by adding 20mm to the selected backset measurement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDeadbolt Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6mm\u003cbr\u003eFor a thinner version, refer to part number ERACASE35THIN, which features a 5mm deadbolt width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCopy\/Genuine:\u003c\/strong\u003e Genuine\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCylinder Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Euro\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Handed\u003cbr\u003eThis means the lock can be installed on either left or right-handed doors without any modifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain Gearbox:\u003c\/strong\u003e Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Split 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lift Lever or Split Spindle Nightlatch\u003cbr\u003eThe operation involves lifting the lever to engage the locking mechanism or using a split spindle nightlatch, which allows for independent operation of the handle and the lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supplied in singles\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor any further inquiries or assistance, please feel free to reach out!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ERA","offers":[{"title":"30mm","offer_id":53715813499218,"sku":"ERACASE30-UDF","price":38.82,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"35mm","offer_id":53715813531986,"sku":"ERACASE35-UDF","price":20.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm","offer_id":53715823264082,"sku":"ERACASE45-UDF","price":20.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/ERACASE30_1_4_ee6fa384-4e78-4262-8c71-a6d9aefad5f3.avif?v=1781157176"},{"product_id":"genuine-multipoint-gearbox-thin-deadbolt-lift-lever-or-split-spindle","title":"Genuine Multipoint Gearbox - Thin Deadbolt - Lift Lever or Split Spindle","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: ERA Multipoint Door Lock Gearboxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eERA multipoint door lock gearboxes are designed with a unique square shape, ensuring a robust and secure locking mechanism without corner cut-outs. With an overall length of 221mm and a width that includes the backset plus an additional 18mm, these gearboxes are engineered for versatility and reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThinner Deadbolt:\u003c\/strong\u003e This model features a slimmer deadbolt compared to standard ERA gearboxes, making it ideal for installations where the lock faceplate cut-out is narrower.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available in 30mm, 35mm, or 45mm backsets, all ERA gearboxes maintain consistent dimensions, allowing for easy interchangeability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanisms:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose from a classic deadbolt with a standard euro cut-out, an Invincible cylinder cut-out, or a Vectis 5 lever mechanism. Options include either a deadbolt or a hook bolt that throws upward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBritish Standard Fortress Gearbox:\u003c\/strong\u003e This variant includes hardened drill plates for enhanced security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterchangeability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Most ERA gearboxes, excluding the British Standard Fortress lock and the SureFire, can be interchanged. If your client requires a hook lock instead of a deadbolt or a Vectis locking multipoint door lock, reach out to us for custom solutions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24mm high latch with two distinctive screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDeadbolt Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30mm high deadbolt, with 61mm spacing between the latch and deadbolt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScrew Configuration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gearboxes are secured to the faceplate with four screws, with specific measurements between each screw hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e When measuring the backset, account for an additional 2-3mm for the faceplate. For instance, a 35mm backset gearbox will measure 32mm when not attached to the strip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssociated Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e We offer a comprehensive range of products for ERA Deadbolt gearboxes, including multipoint door locks, keeps, spindles, handles, and various accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to automatically engage the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to activate the additional locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThrow the deadbolt and secure the system by turning the key (note: on some models, lifting the handle will throw the deadbolt).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnlocking the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA further quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e To reverse the latch, unscrew it, flip it, and reinsert before securing it back in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNightlatch Split Spindle Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e Remove the latch to access a small screw. Use a small screwdriver to turn the screw 180 degrees, then reposition the latch correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor any further inquiries or custom orders, please contact us!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure you have the correct specifications and understanding of the ERA multipoint door lock gearboxes, here’s a detailed breakdown of how to measure the backset and centres, as well as an explanation of the operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring the Backset:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe backset is the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder. To measure the backset:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClose the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ensure the door is closed to get an accurate measurement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse a Measuring Tape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Place one end of the measuring tape at the edge of the door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasure to the Center of the Cylinder:\u003c\/strong\u003e Extend the tape to the center of the lock cylinder (the point where the key is inserted). This measurement will give you the backset. For a 35mm backset, you should measure 35mm from the edge of the door to the center of the cylinder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring the Centres (PZ):\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PZ measurement refers to the distance from the center of the cylinder to the center of the handle. To measure the centres:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdentify the Cylinder Center:\u003c\/strong\u003e First, locate the center of the lock cylinder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasure to the Handle Center:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use a measuring tape to measure from the center of the cylinder to the center of the handle. For a PZ of 92mm, this distance should be 92mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation of the Lock:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERA multipoint door lock can operate in two ways:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLift Lever Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e When using the lift lever mechanism, simply lift the handle to engage the locking points. This action will throw the deadbolt and secure the door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSplit Spindle Nightlatch Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e In this configuration, the lock can be operated using a split spindle. This means that the outside handle can be disengaged from the inside handle, allowing for secure locking while still being able to open the door from the inside without a key.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach unit is supplied in singles, ensuring that you receive exactly what you need for your installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you have any further questions or need assistance with your order, feel free to reach out!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ERA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53715826803026,"sku":"ERACASE35THIN-UDF","price":33.34,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/ERACASE35THIN_1_1.avif?v=1781157473"},{"product_id":"hookbolt-genuine-multipoint-gearbox-lift-lever-or-split-spindle","title":"Hookbolt Genuine Multipoint Gearbox - Lift Lever or Split Spindle","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: ERA Multipoint Door Lock Gearboxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eERA multipoint door lock gearboxes are designed for versatility and security, compatible with various locking mechanisms including deadbolts, hookbolts, and Vectis gearboxes. These gearboxes are also recognized under brands such as Fab \u0026amp; Fix, Spartan, Westward, Duraflex, Sapa, and Saracen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDistinctive Design and Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERA gearboxes feature a unique square design without corner cut-outs, measuring 221mm in overall length. The width is determined by the backset plus an additional 18mm. Available backsets include 30mm, 35mm, and 45mm, with all gearboxes maintaining consistent dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanisms\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese gearboxes can accommodate various locking mechanisms:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClassic deadbolt with standard euro cut out, Invincible cylinder cut out, or Vectis 5 lever mechanism.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHook bolt that throws upward.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNotably, the British Standard Fortress invincible gearbox includes hardened drill plates for enhanced security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterchangeability and Customization\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost ERA multipoint gearboxes are interchangeable, allowing for customization based on client needs. If a hook lock is required instead of a deadbolt or Vectis locking mechanism, we can build the lock to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24mm (with 2 distinctive screws)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeadbolt Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance Between Latch and Deadbolt:\u003c\/strong\u003e 61mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScrew Configuration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Held by 4 screws with specific measurements between them (37mm, 85mm, and 43mm).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen measuring the backset, remember to account for an additional 2-3mm for the faceplate. For instance, a 35mm backset gearbox will measure approximately 32mm when not attached to the strip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssociated Products\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a comprehensive range of products related to ERA Deadbolt gearboxes, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultipoint door locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeeps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to automatically engage the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage additional locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThrow the deadbolt and secure the system by turning the key (note: on some brands, lifting the handle will throw the deadbolt).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA further quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo reverse the latch, unscrew it, flip it, and reinsert before replacing the screws.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNightlatch Split Spindle Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the latch to access a small screw. Use a small screwdriver to turn the screw 180 degrees, then return the latch to its correct position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor any inquiries or custom orders, feel free to contact us!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30mm, 35mm, or 45mm\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, start from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole or cylinder. This measurement will help you determine which backset option is suitable for your installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ:\u003c\/strong\u003e 92mm\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the centres, measure the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle spindle hole. This ensures proper alignment for the locking mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCase Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 220mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCase Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backset + 20mm\u003cbr\u003eThe case width is determined by adding 20mm to the selected backset measurement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDeadbolt Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6mm\u003cbr\u003eFor a thinner version, refer to part number ERACASE35THIN, which features a 5mm deadbolt width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCopy\/Genuine:\u003c\/strong\u003e Genuine\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCylinder Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Euro\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Handed\u003cbr\u003eThis means the lock can be installed on either left or right-handed doors without any modifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain Gearbox:\u003c\/strong\u003e Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Split 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lift Lever or Split Spindle Nightlatch\u003cbr\u003eThe operation involves lifting the lever to engage the locking mechanism or using a split spindle nightlatch, which allows for independent operation of the handle and the lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supplied in singles\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor any further inquiries or assistance, please feel free to reach out!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ERA","offers":[{"title":"30mm","offer_id":53715826966866,"sku":"ERAHOOKCASE30-UDF","price":34.48,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"35mm","offer_id":53715826999634,"sku":"ERAHOOKCASE35-UDF","price":27.94,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/ERAHOOKCASE30_1_1.avif?v=1781157628"},{"product_id":"invincible-latch-and-hookbolt-genuine-multipoint-gearbox-lift-lever-or-split-spindle","title":"Invincible Latch and Hookbolt Genuine Multipoint Gearbox - Lift Lever or Split Spindle","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: ERA Multipoint Door Lock Gearboxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eERA multipoint door lock gearboxes are designed for versatility and security, compatible with various locking mechanisms including deadbolts, hookbolts, and Vectis gearboxes. These gearboxes are also recognized under brands such as Fab \u0026amp; Fix, Spartan, Westward, Duraflex, Sapa, and Saracen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDistinctive Design and Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERA gearboxes feature a unique square design without corner cut-outs, measuring 221mm in overall length. The width is determined by the backset plus an additional 18mm. Available backsets include 30mm, 35mm, and 45mm, with all gearboxes maintaining consistent dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanisms\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese gearboxes can accommodate various locking mechanisms:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClassic deadbolt with standard euro cut out, Invincible cylinder cut out, or Vectis 5 lever mechanism.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHook bolt that throws upward.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNotably, the British Standard Fortress invincible gearbox includes hardened drill plates for enhanced security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterchangeability and Customization\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost ERA multipoint gearboxes are interchangeable, allowing for customization based on client needs. If a hook lock is required instead of a deadbolt or Vectis locking mechanism, we can build the lock to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24mm (with 2 distinctive screws)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeadbolt Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance Between Latch and Deadbolt:\u003c\/strong\u003e 61mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScrew Configuration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Held by 4 screws with specific measurements between them (37mm, 85mm, and 43mm).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen measuring the backset, remember to account for an additional 2-3mm for the faceplate. For instance, a 35mm backset gearbox will measure approximately 32mm when not attached to the strip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssociated Products\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a comprehensive range of products related to ERA Deadbolt gearboxes, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultipoint door locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeeps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to automatically engage the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage additional locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThrow the deadbolt and secure the system by turning the key (note: on some brands, lifting the handle will throw the deadbolt).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA further quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo reverse the latch, unscrew it, flip it, and reinsert before replacing the screws.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNightlatch Split Spindle Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the latch to access a small screw. Use a small screwdriver to turn the screw 180 degrees, then return the latch to its correct position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor any inquiries or custom orders, feel free to contact us!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30mm, 35mm, or 45mm\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, start from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole or cylinder. This measurement will help you determine which backset option is suitable for your installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ:\u003c\/strong\u003e 92mm\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the centres, measure the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle spindle hole. This ensures proper alignment for the locking mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCase Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 220mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCase Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backset + 20mm\u003cbr\u003eThe case width is determined by adding 20mm to the selected backset measurement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDeadbolt Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6mm\u003cbr\u003eFor a thinner version, refer to part number ERACASE35THIN, which features a 5mm deadbolt width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCopy\/Genuine:\u003c\/strong\u003e Genuine\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCylinder Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Euro\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Handed\u003cbr\u003eThis means the lock can be installed on either left or right-handed doors without any modifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain Gearbox:\u003c\/strong\u003e Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Split 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lift Lever or Split Spindle Nightlatch\u003cbr\u003eThe operation involves lifting the lever to engage the locking mechanism or using a split spindle nightlatch, which allows for independent operation of the handle and the lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supplied in singles\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor any further inquiries or assistance, please feel free to reach out!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ERA","offers":[{"title":"35mm","offer_id":53715836240210,"sku":"ERAINVCASE35-UDF","price":54.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/ERAHOOKCASE30_1_1.avif?v=1781157628"},{"product_id":"passive-genuine-multipoint-gearbox-lift-lever","title":"Passive Genuine Multipoint Gearbox - Lift Lever","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: ERA Multipoint Door Lock Gearboxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eERA multipoint door lock gearboxes are designed for versatility and security, compatible with various locking mechanisms including deadbolts, hookbolts, and Vectis gearboxes. These gearboxes are also recognized under brands such as Fab \u0026amp; Fix, Spartan, Westward, Duraflex, Sapa, and Saracen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDistinctive Design and Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERA gearboxes feature a unique square design without corner cut-outs, measuring 221mm in overall length. The width is determined by the backset plus an additional 18mm. Available backsets include 30mm, 35mm, and 45mm, with all gearboxes maintaining consistent dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanisms\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese gearboxes can accommodate various locking mechanisms:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClassic deadbolt with standard euro cut out, Invincible cylinder cut out, or Vectis 5 lever mechanism.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHook bolt that throws upward.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNotably, the British Standard Fortress invincible gearbox includes hardened drill plates for enhanced security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterchangeability and Customization\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost ERA multipoint gearboxes are interchangeable, allowing for customization based on client needs. If a hook lock is required instead of a deadbolt or Vectis locking mechanism, we can build the lock to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer: ERA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBackset: 30mm, 35mm or 45mm - \u003cstrong\u003eHow do I measure the backset?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, you need to determine the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole or cylinder. Use a tape measure to get an accurate measurement, ensuring the door is closed for precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCentres PZ: 92mm - \u003cstrong\u003eHow do I measure the centres?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the centres (PZ), measure the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle spindle hole. This measurement is crucial for ensuring compatibility with your door hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCase Height: 220mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCase Width: Backset + 20mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCopy\/Genuine: Genuine\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCylinder Type: Euro\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHanding: Not Handed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMain Gearbox: Passive lock\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle: Single 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperation: Lift Lever - \u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the operation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe lift lever operation refers to the mechanism that allows the door to be locked or unlocked by lifting the handle. This action engages the locking system, providing ease of use and enhanced security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePackaging: Supplied in singles\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ERA","offers":[{"title":"35mm","offer_id":53715839779154,"sku":"ERASLAVE35-UDF","price":49.88,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm","offer_id":53715865338194,"sku":"ERASLAVE45-UDF","price":56.83,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/ERASURECASE35_1_3.avif?v=1781158230"},{"product_id":"surefire-genuine-multipoint-gearbox-automatic-locking","title":"Surefire Genuine Multipoint Gearbox - Automatic Locking","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: ERA Multipoint Door Lock Gearboxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eERA multipoint door lock gearboxes are designed for versatility and security, compatible with various locking mechanisms including deadbolts, hookbolts, and Vectis gearboxes. These gearboxes are also recognized under brands such as Fab \u0026amp; Fix, Spartan, Westward, Duraflex, Sapa, and Saracen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDistinctive Design and Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERA gearboxes feature a unique square design without corner cut-outs, measuring 221mm in overall length. The width is determined by the backset plus an additional 18mm. Available backsets include 30mm, 35mm, and 45mm, with all gearboxes maintaining consistent dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanisms\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese gearboxes can accommodate various locking mechanisms:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClassic deadbolt with standard euro cut out, Invincible cylinder cut out, or Vectis 5 lever mechanism.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHook bolt that throws upward.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNotably, the British Standard Fortress invincible gearbox includes hardened drill plates for enhanced security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterchangeability and Customization\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost ERA multipoint gearboxes are interchangeable, allowing for customization based on client needs. If a hook lock is required instead of a deadbolt or Vectis locking mechanism, we can build the lock to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer: ERA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBackset: , 35mm or 45mm - \u003cstrong\u003eHow do I measure the backset?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, you need to determine the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole or cylinder. Use a tape measure to get an accurate measurement, ensuring the door is closed for precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCentres PZ: 92mm - \u003cstrong\u003eHow do I measure the centres?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the centres (PZ), measure the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle spindle hole. This measurement is crucial for ensuring compatibility with your door hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCase Height: 213mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCase Width: Backset + 18mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCopy\/Genuine: Genuine\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCylinder Type: Euro\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHanding: Not Handed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMain Gearbox: Passive lock\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle: Single 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperation: Lift Lever - \u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the operation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe lift lever operation refers to the mechanism that allows the door to be locked or unlocked by lifting the handle. This action engages the locking system, providing ease of use and enhanced security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePackaging: Supplied in singles\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ERA","offers":[{"title":"35mm","offer_id":53715865829714,"sku":"ERASURECASE35-UDF","price":111.66,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm","offer_id":53715865862482,"sku":"ERASURECASE45-UDF","price":45.54,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/ERASURECASE35_1_3.avif?v=1781158230"},{"product_id":"invincible-passive-multipoint-gearbox-lift-lever","title":"Invincible Passive Multipoint Gearbox - Lift Lever","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: ERA Invincible Gearbox\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERA Invincible passive lock gearbox is expertly designed to fit an ERA Invincible cylinder, ensuring security and reliability for your multipoint door locking needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDistinctive Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ERA Invincible gearboxes feature a unique square design without corner cut-outs, measuring 221mm in overall length. The width is determined by the backset plus an additional 18mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available in 30mm, 35mm, or 45mm backsets, all gearboxes maintain consistent dimensions, allowing for versatile installation options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanisms:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose from a classic deadbolt with various cut-out options, including standard euro, Invincible cylinder, or Vectis 5 lever mechanisms. The gearboxes can accommodate either a deadbolt or a hook bolt that throws upward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBritish Standard Fortress Gearbox:\u003c\/strong\u003e For enhanced security, consider the British Standard Fortress gearbox, which includes hardened drill plates for added protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterchangeability:\u003c\/strong\u003e With the exception of the British Standard Fortress lock, all ERA gearboxes are interchangeable. If your client requires a hook lock instead of a deadbolt, simply reach out to us for a custom-built solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24mm high latch featuring two distinctive screws.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeadbolt Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30mm high deadbolt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance Between Latch and Deadbolt:\u003c\/strong\u003e 61mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScrew Configuration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gearboxes are secured to the faceplate with four screws, with specific measurements between screw holes: 37mm, 85mm, and 43mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Note:\u003c\/strong\u003e When measuring the backset, remember to account for an additional 2-3mm for the faceplate. For instance, a 35mm backset gearbox will measure approximately 32mm when not attached to the strip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERA Invincible gearboxes are designed to accept both standard euro cylinders and Invincible shaped cylinders, providing flexibility in your locking solutions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e We offer a comprehensive range of associated products for ERA Invincible gearboxes, including multipoint door locks, keeps, spindles, handles, and various accessories to complete your installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor any inquiries or custom orders, feel free to contact us!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure you have the correct specifications and measurements for the ERA Invincible Gearbox, here’s a brief guide on how to measure the backset, centres, and understand the operation:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Measure the Backset:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDefinition\u003c\/strong\u003e: The backset is the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/strong\u003e: To measure the backset, place a ruler or measuring tape against the edge of the door. Measure straight across to the center of the hole where the lock cylinder will be installed. For a 35mm backset, this distance should be 35mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Measure the Centres (PZ):\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDefinition\u003c\/strong\u003e: The PZ measurement is the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/strong\u003e: To measure the centres, first locate the center of the keyhole. Then, measure straight across to the center of the handle hole. For a PZ of 92mm, this distance should be 92mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnderstanding the Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Type\u003c\/strong\u003e: The ERA Invincible Gearbox operates with a lift lever mechanism. This means that to engage the locking system, you lift the lever handle upwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFunctionality\u003c\/strong\u003e: This operation allows for smooth engagement of the locking mechanism, providing ease of use while ensuring security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these guidelines, you can accurately measure and understand the specifications of your ERA Invincible Gearbox, ensuring a proper fit and functionality for your multipoint door locking needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ERA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53715941261650,"sku":"ERAINVSLAVECASE35-UDF","price":39.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/ERAINVSLAVECASE35_3_2_eff1e337-7d6d-4364-a99e-cbcfdead6449.avif?v=1781158961"},{"product_id":"genuine-multipoint-gearbox-automatic-locking","title":"Genuine Multipoint Gearbox - Automatic Locking","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: ERA Multipoint Door Lock Gear\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElite multipoint door lock gearboxes are designed for versatility and security, compatible with various locking mechanisms including deadbolts, hookbolts, and Vectis gearboxes. These gearboxes are also recognized under brands such as Fab \u0026amp; Fix, Spartan, Westward, Duraflex, Sapa, and Saracen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDistinctive Design and Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERA gearboxes feature a unique square design without corner cut-outs, measuring 221mm in overall length. The width is determined by the backset plus an additional 18mm. Available backsets include 30mm, 35mm, and 45mm, with all gearboxes maintaining consistent dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanisms\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese gearboxes can accommodate various locking mechanisms:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClassic deadbolt with standard euro cut out, Invincible cylinder cut out, or Vectis 5 lever mechanism.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHook bolt that throws upward.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNotably, the British Standard Fortress invincible gearbox includes hardened drill plates for enhanced security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterchangeability and Customization\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost ERA multipoint gearboxes are interchangeable, allowing for customization based on client needs. If a hook lock is required instead of a deadbolt or Vectis locking mechanism, we can build the lock to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer: ERA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBackset: , 35mm or 45mm - \u003cstrong\u003eHow do I measure the backset?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, you need to determine the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole or cylinder. Use a tape measure to get an accurate measurement, ensuring the door is closed for precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCentres PZ: 92mm - \u003cstrong\u003eHow do I measure the centres?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the centres (PZ), measure the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle spindle hole. This measurement is crucial for ensuring compatibility with your door hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCase Height: 226mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCase Width: Backset + 18mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCopy\/Genuine: Genuine\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCylinder Type: Euro\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHanding: Not Handed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMain Gearbox: Passive lock\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle: Single 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperation: Lift Lever - \u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the operation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe lift lever operation refers to the mechanism that allows the door to be locked or unlocked by lifting the handle. This action engages the locking system, providing ease of use and enhanced security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePackaging: Supplied in singles\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elite","offers":[{"title":"35mm","offer_id":53715952959826,"sku":"ELITECASEAUTO35-UDF","price":112.42,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm","offer_id":53715952992594,"sku":"ELITECASEAUTO45-UDF","price":123.65,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/ELITECASEAUTO35_1_2.avif?v=1781159510"},{"product_id":"genuine-multipoint-gearbox-key-wind","title":"Genuine Multipoint Gearbox - Key Wind","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: ERA Multipoint Door Lock Gear\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElite multipoint door lock gearboxes are designed for versatility and security, compatible with various locking mechanisms including deadbolts, hookbolts, and Vectis gearboxes. These gearboxes are also recognized under brands such as Fab \u0026amp; Fix, Spartan, Westward, Duraflex, Sapa, and Saracen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDistinctive Design and Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERA gearboxes feature a unique square design without corner cut-outs, measuring 221mm in overall length. The width is determined by the backset plus an additional 18mm. Available backsets include 30mm, 35mm, and 45mm, with all gearboxes maintaining consistent dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanisms\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese gearboxes can accommodate various locking mechanisms:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClassic deadbolt with standard euro cut out, Invincible cylinder cut out, or Vectis 5 lever mechanism.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHook bolt that throws upward.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNotably, the British Standard Fortress invincible gearbox includes hardened drill plates for enhanced security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterchangeability and Customization\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost ERA multipoint gearboxes are interchangeable, allowing for customization based on client needs. If a hook lock is required instead of a deadbolt or Vectis locking mechanism, we can build the lock to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer: Elite\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBackset:  45mm - \u003cstrong\u003eHow do I measure the backset?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, you need to determine the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole or cylinder. Use a tape measure to get an accurate measurement, ensuring the door is closed for precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCentres PZ: 92mm - \u003cstrong\u003eHow do I measure the centres?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the centres (PZ), measure the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle spindle hole. This measurement is crucial for ensuring compatibility with your door hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCase Height: 226mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCase Width: Backset + 18mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCopy\/Genuine: Genuine\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCylinder Type: Euro\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHanding: Not Handed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMain Gearbox: Passive lock\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle: Single 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperation: Lift Lever - \u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the operation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe lift lever operation refers to the mechanism that allows the door to be locked or unlocked by lifting the handle. This action engages the locking system, providing ease of use and enhanced security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePackaging: Supplied in singles\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elite","offers":[{"title":"45mm","offer_id":53715982418258,"sku":"ELITECASEKW45-UDF","price":81.3,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/ELITECASEKW45_1_2.avif?v=1781159809"},{"product_id":"multipoint-gearbox-lift-lever-or-split-spindle-2","title":"Multipoint Gearbox - Lift Lever or Split Spindle","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: ERA Multipoint Door Lock Gear\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFab \u0026amp; Fix multipoint door lock gearboxes are designed for versatility and security, compatible with various locking mechanisms including deadbolts, hookbolts, and Vectis gearboxes. These gearboxes are also recognized under brands such as Fab \u0026amp; Fix, Spartan, Westward, Duraflex, Sapa, and Saracen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDistinctive Design and Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTheFab \u0026amp; Fix gearboxes feature a unique square design without corner cut-outs, measuring 221mm in overall length. The width is determined by the backset plus an additional 18mm. Available backsets include 30mm, 35mm, and 45mm, with all gearboxes maintaining consistent dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanisms\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese gearboxes can accommodate various locking mechanisms:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClassic deadbolt with standard euro cut out, Invincible cylinder cut out, or Vectis 5 lever mechanism.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHook bolt that throws upward.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNotably, the British Standard Fortress invincible gearbox includes hardened drill plates for enhanced security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterchangeability and Customization\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost ERA multipoint gearboxes are interchangeable, allowing for customization based on client needs. If a hook lock is required instead of a deadbolt or Vectis locking mechanism, we can build the lock to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer: Fab \u0026amp; Fix\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBackset: 35mm, 45mm - \u003cstrong\u003eHow do I measure the backset?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, you need to determine the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole or cylinder. Use a tape measure to get an accurate measurement, ensuring the door is closed for precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCentres PZ: 92mm - \u003cstrong\u003eHow do I measure the centres?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the centres (PZ), measure the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle spindle hole. This measurement is crucial for ensuring compatibility with your door hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCase Height: 220mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCase Width: Backset + 20mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCopy\/Genuine: Genuine\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCylinder Type: Euro\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHanding: Not Handed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMain Gearbox: Passive lock\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle: Single 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperation: Lift Lever - \u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the operation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe lift lever operation refers to the mechanism that allows the door to be locked or unlocked by lifting the handle. This action engages the locking system, providing ease of use and enhanced security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePackaging: Supplied in singles\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fab \u0026 Fix","offers":[{"title":"35mm","offer_id":53715992412498,"sku":"FABCASE35-UDF","price":49.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm","offer_id":53716013089106,"sku":"FABCASE45-UDF","price":63.37,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/FABCASE35_1_2.avif?v=1781160042"},{"product_id":"invincible-latch-and-deadbolt-genuine-gearbox-split-spindle","title":"Invincible Latch and Deadbolt Genuine Gearbox - Split Spindle","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: ERA Multipoint Door Lock Gearboxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERA multipoint door lock gearboxes are engineered for versatility and security, accommodating ERA Invincible-shaped cylinders and euro converters. With a robust 45mm backset featuring a deadbolt, these gearboxes are designed for durability and ease of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDistinctive Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The gearboxes boast a square design without corner cut-outs, measuring 221mm in length and a width that includes the backset plus 18mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available in 30mm, 35mm, or 45mm backsets, all ERA gearboxes maintain consistent dimensions. They can be fitted with a classic deadbolt, standard euro cut-out, Invincible cylinder cut-out, or Vectis 5 lever mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterchangeability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Most ERA gearboxes can be interchanged, allowing customization based on client needs. If a hook lock is required instead of a deadbolt, we can build the lock to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch and Deadbolt Specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e The gearboxes feature a 24mm high latch with two distinctive screws, a 30mm high deadbolt, and a spacing of 61mm between them. They are secured to the faceplate with four screws, with specific measurements between each screw hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasurement Considerations:\u003c\/strong\u003e When measuring the backset, account for an additional 2-3mm for the faceplate. For instance, a 35mm backset gearbox will measure approximately 32mm when not affixed to the strip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssociated Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a comprehensive range of products to complement ERA Deadbolt gearboxes, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultipoint door locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeeps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking and Unlocking Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to automatically engage the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage additional locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThrow the deadbolt and secure the system by turning the key (note: on some brands, lifting the handle will throw the deadbolt).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA further quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith ERA multipoint door lock gearboxes, you can ensure enhanced security and functionality for your doors. For any specific requirements or custom orders, feel free to reach out!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer: ERA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBackset: 45mm - \u003cstrong\u003eHow do I measure the backset?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, you need to determine the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole or cylinder. Use a tape measure to get an accurate reading, ensuring that the door is closed for the most precise measurement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCentres PZ: 92mm - \u003cstrong\u003eHow do I measure the centres?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the centres (PZ), measure the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle spindle hole. This measurement is crucial for ensuring that the lock and handle align correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCase Height: 220mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCase Width: 60mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCopy\/Genuine: Genuine\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCylinder Type: Euro\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHanding: Not Handed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle: Split 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperation: Lift Lever or Split Spindle Nightlatch - \u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the operation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe operation refers to how the lock is engaged and disengaged. A lift lever operation means that lifting the handle will engage the locking mechanism, while a split spindle nightlatch allows for independent operation of the handle and the lock, providing flexibility in securing the door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePackaging: Supplied in singles\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ERA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53716034781522,"sku":"ERAINVCASE45-UDF","price":51.03,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"genuine-multipoint-gearbox-key-wind-1","title":"Genuine Multipoint Gearbox - Key Wind","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Fuhr Gearbox with Keywind Mechanism\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Fuhr gearbox is designed with a keywind mechanism, ensuring secure and reliable operation. Before installation, remember to remove the yellow plastic travel protector.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeadbolt Throw:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20mm (14mm for 25mm and 30mm backset locks)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 220mm x (width + 18mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch and Deadbolt Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 31mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance Between Latch and Deadbolt:\u003c\/strong\u003e 61mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScrew Fixing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 screws; distances:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop to middle screw: 91mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMiddle to bottom screw: 108mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFuhr locks come with a pre-fitted ball bearing and spring, enhancing the locking feel when operated. This feature is crucial for a positive locking experience. Be cautious of replacement gearboxes that may lack these components; all Duffells' replacement Fuhr gearboxes include them for seamless installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen replacing an existing Fuhr multipoint lock or gearbox, note that latch heights may vary. Older models feature a 28mm high latch, while newer versions have a 33mm high latch. If the old latch is intact, it can be reused by unscrewing the allen key bolt in the old gearbox.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssociated Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a comprehensive range of products for Fuhr 855 - Key Wind gearboxes, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultipoint door locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeeps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking and Unlocking Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to automatically engage the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to throw and engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock by \"unwinding\" the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA further quarter turn will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo reverse the latch, simply undo the screw located on the side of the lock case adjacent to the latch. Remove the latch, reverse it, reinsert, and replace the screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Fuhr gearbox is engineered for durability and ease of use, making it an excellent choice for your multipoint locking needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer: Fuhr\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBackset: Select from drop-down - How do I measure the backset?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCentres PZ: 92mm - How do I measure the centres?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCase Height: 194mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCase Width: Backset + 19mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCopy\/Genuine: Genuine\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCylinder Type: Euro\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHanding: Not Handed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle: Single 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperation: Key Wind - What is the operation?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePackaging: Supplied in singles\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMeasuring the Backset\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo measure the backset, you need to determine the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole. Use a tape measure for accuracy. This measurement is crucial for ensuring that your lock fits properly within the door frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMeasuring the Centres\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe centres measurement refers to the distance between the keyhole and the handle hole. For a PZ measurement of 92mm, measure from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole. This ensures that both components align correctly for optimal functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Wind Operation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe key wind operation involves using a key to engage the locking mechanism. When the key is turned, it activates the latch and deadbolt, securing the door. This type of operation is known for its reliability and ease of use, making it a popular choice for multipoint locking systems.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fuhr","offers":[{"title":"30mm","offer_id":53716038648146,"sku":"FUHRCASEKW30-UDF","price":153.52,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"35mm","offer_id":53716038680914,"sku":"FUHRCASEKW35-UDF","price":151.91,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm","offer_id":53716069843282,"sku":"FUHRCASEKW45-UDF","price":174.25,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/FUHRCASEKW30_1_1.jpg?v=1781161052"},{"product_id":"genuine-multipoint-gearbox-automatic-locking-1","title":"Genuine Multipoint Gearbox - Automatic Locking","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Fuhr Gearbox with Keywind Mechanism\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Fuhr gearbox is designed with a keywind mechanism, ensuring secure and reliable operation. Before installation, remember to remove the yellow plastic travel protector.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeadbolt Throw:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20mm (14mm for 25mm and 30mm backset locks)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 220mm x (width + 18mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch and Deadbolt Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 31mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance Between Latch and Deadbolt:\u003c\/strong\u003e 61mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScrew Fixing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 screws; distances:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop to middle screw: 91mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMiddle to bottom screw: 108mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFuhr locks come with a pre-fitted ball bearing and spring, enhancing the locking feel when operated. This feature is crucial for a positive locking experience. Be cautious of replacement gearboxes that may lack these components; all Duffells' replacement Fuhr gearboxes include them for seamless installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen replacing an existing Fuhr multipoint lock or gearbox, note that latch heights may vary. Older models feature a 28mm high latch, while newer versions have a 33mm high latch. If the old latch is intact, it can be reused by unscrewing the allen key bolt in the old gearbox.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssociated Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a comprehensive range of products for Fuhr 855 - Key Wind gearboxes, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultipoint door locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeeps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking and Unlocking Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to automatically engage the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to throw and engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock by \"unwinding\" the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA further quarter turn will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo reverse the latch, simply undo the screw located on the side of the lock case adjacent to the latch. Remove the latch, reverse it, reinsert, and replace the screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Fuhr gearbox is engineered for durability and ease of use, making it an excellent choice for your multipoint locking needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer: Fuhr\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBackset: Select from drop-down - How do I measure the backset?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCentres PZ: 92mm - How do I measure the centres?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCase Height: 194mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCase Width: Backset + 19mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCopy\/Genuine: Genuine\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCylinder Type: Euro\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHanding: Not Handed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle: Single 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperation: Key Wind - What is the operation?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePackaging: Supplied in singles\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMeasuring the Backset\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo measure the backset, you need to determine the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole. Use a tape measure for accuracy. This measurement is crucial for ensuring that your lock fits properly within the door frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMeasuring the Centres\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe centres measurement refers to the distance between the keyhole and the handle hole. For a PZ measurement of 92mm, measure from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole. This ensures that both components align correctly for optimal functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Wind Operation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe key wind operation involves using a key to engage the locking mechanism. When the key is turned, it activates the latch and deadbolt, securing the door. This type of operation is known for its reliability and ease of use, making it a popular choice for multipoint locking systems.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fuhr","offers":[{"title":"35mm","offer_id":53717977366866,"sku":"FUAUTOCASE35-UDF","price":182.1,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm","offer_id":53717977399634,"sku":"FUAUTOCASE45-UDF","price":210.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/FUHRCASEKW30_1_1.jpg?v=1781161052"},{"product_id":"310-genuine-gearbox-lift-lever-latch-deadbolt","title":"310 Genuine Gearbox - Lift Lever - Latch \u0026 Deadbolt","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: ERA Multipoint Door Lock Gearboxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fix multipoint door lock gearboxes are engineered for versatility and security, accommodating Fix Invincible-shaped cylinders and euro converters. With a robust 45mm backset featuring a deadbolt, these gearboxes are designed for durability and ease of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDistinctive Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The gearboxes boast a square design without corner cut-outs, measuring 221mm in length and a width that includes the backset plus 18mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available in 30mm, 35mm, or 45mm backsets, all Fix gearboxes maintain consistent dimensions. They can be fitted with a classic deadbolt, standard euro cut-out, Invincible cylinder cut-out, or Vectis 5 lever mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterchangeability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Most ERA gearboxes can be interchanged, allowing customization based on client needs. If a hook lock is required instead of a deadbolt, we can build the lock to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch and Deadbolt Specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e The gearboxes feature a 24mm high latch with two distinctive screws, a 30mm high deadbolt, and a spacing of 61mm between them. They are secured to the faceplate with four screws, with specific measurements between each screw hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasurement Considerations:\u003c\/strong\u003e When measuring the backset, account for an additional 2-3mm for the faceplate. For instance, a 35mm backset gearbox will measure approximately 32mm when not affixed to the strip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssociated Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a comprehensive range of products to complement ERA Deadbolt gearboxes, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultipoint door locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeeps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking and Unlocking Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to automatically engage the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage additional locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThrow the deadbolt and secure the system by turning the key (note: on some brands, lifting the handle will throw the deadbolt).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA further quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith ERA multipoint door lock gearboxes, you can ensure enhanced security and functionality for your doors. For any specific requirements or custom orders, feel free to reach out!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer: Fix\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBackset: 45mm - \u003cstrong\u003eHow do I measure the backset?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, you need to determine the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole or cylinder. Use a tape measure to get an accurate reading, ensuring that the door is closed for the most precise measurement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCentres PZ: 92mm - \u003cstrong\u003eHow do I measure the centres?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the centres (PZ), measure the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle spindle hole. This measurement is crucial for ensuring that the lock and handle align correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCase Height: 220mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCase Width: 60mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCopy\/Genuine: Genuine\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCylinder Type: Euro\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHanding: Not Handed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle: Split 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperation: Lift Lever or Split Spindle Nightlatch - \u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the operation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe operation refers to how the lock is engaged and disengaged. A lift lever operation means that lifting the handle will engage the locking mechanism, while a split spindle nightlatch allows for independent operation of the handle and the lock, providing flexibility in securing the door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePackaging: Supplied in singles\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fix","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53718016196946,"sku":"FIX310CASE50-UDF","price":321.73,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/FIX310CASE50_1_1.avif?v=1781173896"},{"product_id":"310-genuine-gearbox-lift-lever","title":"310 Genuine Gearbox - Lift Lever","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Fix Multipoint Door Lock Gearboxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fix multipoint door lock gearboxes are engineered for versatility and security, accommodating Fix Invincible-shaped cylinders and euro converters. With a robust 45mm backset featuring a deadbolt, these gearboxes are designed for durability and ease of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDistinctive Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The gearboxes boast a square design without corner cut-outs, measuring 221mm in length and a width that includes the backset plus 18mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available in 30mm, 35mm, or 45mm backsets, all Fix gearboxes maintain consistent dimensions. They can be fitted with a classic deadbolt, standard euro cut-out, Invincible cylinder cut-out, or Vectis 5 lever mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterchangeability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Most ERA gearboxes can be interchanged, allowing customization based on client needs. If a hook lock is required instead of a deadbolt, we can build the lock to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch and Deadbolt Specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e The gearboxes feature a 24mm high latch with two distinctive screws, a 30mm high deadbolt, and a spacing of 61mm between them. They are secured to the faceplate with four screws, with specific measurements between each screw hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasurement Considerations:\u003c\/strong\u003e When measuring the backset, account for an additional 2-3mm for the faceplate. For instance, a 35mm backset gearbox will measure approximately 32mm when not affixed to the strip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssociated Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a comprehensive range of products to complement ERA Deadbolt gearboxes, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultipoint door locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeeps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking and Unlocking Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to automatically engage the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage additional locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThrow the deadbolt and secure the system by turning the key (note: on some brands, lifting the handle will throw the deadbolt).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA further quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith ERA multipoint door lock gearboxes, you can ensure enhanced security and functionality for your doors. For any specific requirements or custom orders, feel free to reach out!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer: Fix\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBackset: 45mm - \u003cstrong\u003eHow do I measure the backset?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, you need to determine the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole or cylinder. Use a tape measure to get an accurate reading, ensuring that the door is closed for the most precise measurement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCentres PZ: 92mm - \u003cstrong\u003eHow do I measure the centres?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the centres (PZ), measure the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle spindle hole. This measurement is crucial for ensuring that the lock and handle align correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCase Height: 220mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCase Width: 60mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCopy\/Genuine: Genuine\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCylinder Type: Euro\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHanding: Not Handed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle: Split 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperation: Lift Lever or Split Spindle Nightlatch - \u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the operation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe operation refers to how the lock is engaged and disengaged. A lift lever operation means that lifting the handle will engage the locking mechanism, while a split spindle nightlatch allows for independent operation of the handle and the lock, providing flexibility in securing the door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePackaging: Supplied in singles\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fix","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53718054437202,"sku":"FIX310CASE40-UDF","price":258.87,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/FIX310CASE40_1_1.avif?v=1781174031"},{"product_id":"passive-genuine-multipoint-gearbox-lift-lever-1","title":"Passive Genuine Multipoint Gearbox - Lift Lever","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis Fuhr genuine passive multipoint gearbox is designed for enhanced security and ease of use. It features a single 8mm spindle, ensuring a streamlined installation process without the need for a latch or deadbolt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simply lift the lever to engage the locking mechanism, providing a reliable and efficient way to secure your doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis gearbox is ideal for residential and commercial applications, offering durability and peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo measure the backset, follow these steps:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdentify the Door Edge\u003c\/strong\u003e: Place your measuring tape against the edge of the door where the lock will be installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocate the Center of the Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e: Measure from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder hole. This distance is your backset.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the centres PZ measurement:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFind the Lock Cylinder\u003c\/strong\u003e: Identify the position of the lock cylinder on the door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasure from the Cylinder to the Keyhole\u003c\/strong\u003e: Measure the distance from the center of the cylinder hole to the center of the keyhole. This distance is your PZ measurement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegarding the operation of the gearbox:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe operation of the Fuhr genuine passive multipoint gearbox is straightforward. To engage the locking mechanism, simply lift the lever. This action secures the door efficiently, ensuring both safety and ease of use\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"title\" id=\"tab-label-shortdescription\" style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"content\" id=\"shortdescription\" data-role=\"content\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"content-data-simplebar\" data-simplebar=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product attribute description\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"value\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo measure the backset and centres PZ accurately, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring the Backset:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdentify the Door Edge:\u003c\/strong\u003e Position your measuring tape against the edge of the door where the lock will be installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocate the Center of the Lock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Measure from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder hole. This distance is your backset, which in this case is 35mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring the Centres PZ:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFind the Lock Cylinder:\u003c\/strong\u003e Identify where the lock cylinder is positioned on the door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasure from the Cylinder to the Keyhole:\u003c\/strong\u003e Measure the distance from the center of the cylinder hole to the center of the keyhole. This distance is your PZ measurement, which is 92mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation of the Gearbox:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe operation of the Fuhr genuine passive multipoint gearbox is simple and efficient. To engage the locking mechanism, just lift the lever. This action secures the door effectively, ensuring both safety and ease of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these steps, you can ensure a precise installation and optimal functionality of your locking system.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fuhr","offers":[{"title":"35mm","offer_id":53718084845906,"sku":"FUHRSLAVE-UDF","price":89.36,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/FUHRSLAVE_1_3.avif?v=1781174448"},{"product_id":"genuine-multipoint-gearbox-with-pre-fitted-ball-bearing-spring-and-screw-lift-lever","title":"Genuine Multipoint Gearbox - With Pre-Fitted Ball Bearing, Spring, and Screw - Lift Lever","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Fuhr Multipoint Door Lock Gearboxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFuhr multipoint door lock gearboxes are designed for enhanced security and durability. Key features include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeadbolt Throw\u003c\/strong\u003e: 20mm for standard locks; 14mm for 25mm and 30mm backset locks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e: 220mm in length, with a width of 18mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch and Deadbolt Height\u003c\/strong\u003e: Both components measure 31mm high, with a 61mm distance between the latch bottom and deadbolt top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScrew Fixation\u003c\/strong\u003e: Gearboxes are secured to faceplates using three screws, with specific distances between them: 91mm from the top screw to the middle screw, and 108mm from the middle to the bottom screw.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Locking Mechanism\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFuhr locks come equipped with a ball bearing and spring pre-fitted, providing a more positive locking feel. This feature is crucial for ensuring smooth operation. Be cautious of replacement gearboxes that may lack this essential component; all Duffells' replacement Fuhr gearboxes include the ball bearing and spring for seamless installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen replacing an existing Fuhr multipoint lock or gearbox, be aware of potential latch height differences. Older models feature a 28mm high latch, while newer versions have a 33mm high latch. If the original latch is intact, it can be reused by removing it from the old gearbox and installing it in the new one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Considerations for Bifold Doors\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePay attention to 30mm gearboxes used in bifold doors, particularly Smarts Aluminium doors, as they are not interchangeable with the standard 856 gearbox.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssociated Products\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a comprehensive range of products compatible with Fuhr 856 - Lift Lever gearboxes, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultipoint door locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeeps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the locking points and main deadbolt (if applicable) by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer: Fuhr\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBackset: 25mm, 30mm, 35mm, 40mm, 45mm, 50mm, 55mm, 60mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Measure the Backset:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, take a ruler or measuring tape and measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole or cylinder. This measurement will give you the backset size required for your lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCentres PZ: 92mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Measure the Centres:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the centres (PZ), measure the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle spindle hole. This is typically done by placing the measuring tape or ruler across the door and ensuring you measure accurately to the center points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCase Height: 194mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCase Width: Backset + 15mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCopy\/Genuine: Genuine\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCylinder Type: Euro\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHanding: Not Handed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle: Single 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperation: Lift Lever\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Operation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe lift lever operation involves lifting the handle upwards to engage the locking mechanism. This action secures the locking points and the main deadbolt, ensuring the door is locked effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePackaging: Supplied in singles\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fuhr","offers":[{"title":"25mm \/ Single 8mm \/ 92mm","offer_id":53718152708434,"sku":"FUHRCASE25-UDF","price":56.11,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"30mm \/ Single 8mm \/ 92mm","offer_id":53718227583314,"sku":"FUHRCASE30-UDF","price":52.04,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"35mm \/ Single 8mm \/ 92mm","offer_id":53718227616082,"sku":"FUHRCASE35-UDF","price":45.94,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"40mm \/ Single 8mm \/ 92mm","offer_id":53718227648850,"sku":"FUHRCASE40-UDF","price":55.08,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm \/ Single 8mm \/ 92mm","offer_id":53718227681618,"sku":"FUHRCASE45-UDF","price":52.04,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50mm \/ Single 8mm \/ 92mm","offer_id":53718227714386,"sku":"FUHRCASE50-UDF","price":55.08,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"55mm \/ Single 8mm \/ 92mm","offer_id":53718227747154,"sku":"FUHRCASE55-UDF","price":62.41,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"65mm \/ Single 8mm \/ 92mm","offer_id":53718227779922,"sku":"FUHRCASE65-UDF","price":55.08,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/FUHRCASE25_1_1.jpg?v=1781174719"},{"product_id":"genuine-multipoint-gearbox-lift-lever-or-split-spindle-1","title":"Genuine Multipoint Gearbox - Lift Lever or Split Spindle","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Fuhr Multipoint Door Lock Gearboxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFuhr multipoint door lock gearboxes are designed for enhanced security and durability. Key features include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeadbolt Throw\u003c\/strong\u003e: 20mm for standard locks; 14mm for 25mm and 30mm backset locks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e: 220mm in length, with a width of 18mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch and Deadbolt Height\u003c\/strong\u003e: Both components measure 31mm high, with a 61mm distance between the latch bottom and deadbolt top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScrew Fixation\u003c\/strong\u003e: Gearboxes are secured to faceplates using three screws, with specific distances between them: 91mm from the top screw to the middle screw, and 108mm from the middle to the bottom screw.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Locking Mechanism\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFuhr locks come equipped with a ball bearing and spring pre-fitted, providing a more positive locking feel. This feature is crucial for ensuring smooth operation. Be cautious of replacement gearboxes that may lack this essential component; all Duffells' replacement Fuhr gearboxes include the ball bearing and spring for seamless installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen replacing an existing Fuhr multipoint lock or gearbox, be aware of potential latch height differences. Older models feature a 28mm high latch, while newer versions have a 33mm high latch. If the original latch is intact, it can be reused by removing it from the old gearbox and installing it in the new one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Considerations for Bifold Doors\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePay attention to 30mm gearboxes used in bifold doors, particularly Smarts Aluminium doors, as they are not interchangeable with the standard 856 gearbox.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssociated Products\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a comprehensive range of products compatible with Fuhr 856 - Lift Lever gearboxes, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultipoint door locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeeps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the locking points and main deadbolt (if applicable) by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer: Fuhr\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBackset: 30mm, 35mm, 45mm, \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Measure the Backset:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, take a ruler or measuring tape and measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole or cylinder. This measurement will give you the backset size required for your lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCentres PZ: 92mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Measure the Centres:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the centres (PZ), measure the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle spindle hole. This is typically done by placing the measuring tape or ruler across the door and ensuring you measure accurately to the center points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCase Height: 194mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCase Width: Backset + 15mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCopy\/Genuine: Genuine\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCylinder Type: Euro\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHanding: Not Handed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle: Single 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperation: Lift Lever\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Operation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe lift lever operation involves lifting the handle upwards to engage the locking mechanism. This action secures the locking points and the main deadbolt, ensuring the door is locked effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePackaging: Supplied in singles\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fuhr","offers":[{"title":"30mm","offer_id":53718229320018,"sku":"FUHRCASE30SS-UDF","price":169.42,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"35mm","offer_id":53718229352786,"sku":"FUHRCASE35SS-UDF","price":39.67,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm","offer_id":53718229418322,"sku":"FUHRCASE45SS-UDF","price":53.1,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/FUHRCASE25_1_1.jpg?v=1781174719"},{"product_id":"crimebeater-genuine-multipoint-gearbox-lift-lever-or-double-spindle","title":"Crimebeater Genuine Multipoint Gearbox - Lift Lever or Double Spindle","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Fullex Crimebeater Gearboxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFullex Crimebeater gearboxes are designed for enhanced security and versatility, available in three backset sizes: 35mm, 45mm, and 55mm. These gearboxes operate in a double spindle configuration, making them suitable for both lift lever and double spindle night latch locks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 230mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackset: 35mm, 45mm, or 55mm + 15mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecured with three equidistant screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMiddle screw positioned 108mm from both the top and bottom screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLock Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolt: 30mm high\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 24mm high\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between latch and deadbolt: 72mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign Enhancements:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe latest version includes a small rectangular raised area above the cylinder cut-out, designed to prevent manipulation of the lock gate when handles are removed. If the new case does not fit, it may be necessary to enlarge the hole for proper entry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese gearboxes are also compatible with the Automatic lock system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Mode:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lift lever or double spindle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo reverse the latch, simply undo the screw, remove the latch, reverse it, reinsert, and replace the screw.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis comprehensive design ensures that the Fullex Crimebeater gearboxes provide reliable security solutions for various locking needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"title\" id=\"tab-label-shortdescription\" style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"title\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo measure the backset, follow these steps:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdentify the Lock Position\u003c\/strong\u003e: Locate the center of the lock where the keyhole or handle is positioned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasure from the Edge\u003c\/strong\u003e: Use a tape measure to determine the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole or handle. This distance is your backset measurement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the centres PZ measurement:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocate the Keyhole and Handle\u003c\/strong\u003e: Identify the positions of both the keyhole and the handle on the door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasure the Distance\u003c\/strong\u003e: Measure the distance between the center of the keyhole and the center of the handle. This will give you the PZ measurement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegarding the operation of the Fullex Crimebeater gearboxes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLift Lever\u003c\/strong\u003e: This operation allows you to lift the lever to engage the latch and deadbolt, providing a secure locking mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDouble Spindle Nightlatch\u003c\/strong\u003e: This operation involves using a double spindle mechanism, which allows for locking and unlocking from both sides of the door, enhancing security and convenience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese specifications ensure that the Fullex Crimebeater gearboxes meet various security needs while being easy to install and operate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fullex","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Double 8mm \/ 92mm\/62mm","offer_id":53718263464274,"sku":"CRBCASE35-UDF","price":32.66,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm \/ Double 8mm \/ 92mm\/62mm","offer_id":53718263497042,"sku":"CRBCASE45-UDF","price":32.66,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"55mm \/ Double 8mm \/ 92mm\/62mm","offer_id":53718319038802,"sku":"CRBCASE55-UDF","price":32.66,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/CRBCASE35_1_1.avif?v=1781175608"},{"product_id":"sl16-genuine-multipoint-gearbox-lift-lever-or-split-spindle","title":"SL16 Genuine Multipoint Gearbox - Lift Lever or Split Spindle","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Fullex Crimebeater Gearboxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFullex Crimebeater gearboxes are designed for enhanced security and versatility, available in three backset sizes: 35mm, 45mm, and 55mm. These gearboxes operate in a double spindle configuration, making them suitable for both lift lever and double spindle night latch locks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 230mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackset: 35mm, 45mm, or 55mm + 15mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecured with three equidistant screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMiddle screw positioned 108mm from both the top and bottom screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLock Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolt: 30mm high\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 24mm high\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between latch and deadbolt: 72mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign Enhancements:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe latest version includes a small rectangular raised area above the cylinder cut-out, designed to prevent manipulation of the lock gate when handles are removed. If the new case does not fit, it may be necessary to enlarge the hole for proper entry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese gearboxes are also compatible with the Automatic lock system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Mode:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lift lever or double spindle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo reverse the latch, simply undo the screw, remove the latch, reverse it, reinsert, and replace the screw.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis comprehensive design ensures that the Fullex Crimebeater gearboxes provide reliable security solutions for various locking needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"title\" id=\"tab-label-shortdescription\" style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"title\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo measure the backset, follow these steps:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdentify the Lock Position\u003c\/strong\u003e: Locate the center of the lock where the keyhole or handle is positioned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasure from the Edge\u003c\/strong\u003e: Use a tape measure to determine the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole or handle. This distance is your backset measurement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the centres PZ measurement:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocate the Keyhole and Handle\u003c\/strong\u003e: Identify the positions of both the keyhole and the handle on the door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasure the Distance\u003c\/strong\u003e: Measure the distance between the center of the keyhole and the center of the handle. This will give you the PZ measurement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegarding the operation of the Fullex Crimebeater gearboxes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLift Lever\u003c\/strong\u003e: This operation allows you to lift the lever to engage the latch and deadbolt, providing a secure locking mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDouble Spindle Nightlatch\u003c\/strong\u003e: This operation involves using a double spindle mechanism, which allows for locking and unlocking from both sides of the door, enhancing security and convenience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese specifications ensure that the Fullex Crimebeater gearboxes meet various security needs while being easy to install and operate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fullex","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Split 8mm \/ 68mm","offer_id":53718328639826,"sku":"FULCASE-UDF","price":52.97,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm \/ Split 8mm \/ 68mm","offer_id":53718328672594,"sku":"FULCASE45-UDF","price":61.27,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"55mm \/ Split 8mm \/ 68mm","offer_id":53718328705362,"sku":"FULCC55-UDF","price":59.81,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/FULCASE_1_3.avif?v=1781175943"},{"product_id":"xl-genuine-multipoint-gearbox-lift-lever","title":"XL Genuine Multipoint Gearbox - Lift Lever","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Fullex XL Gearboxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFullex XL gearboxes are designed for versatility and security, available in both 35mm and 45mm backsets. They come in single, double, and split spindle configurations, maintaining consistent dimensions across all models. Each gearbox measures 227mm in height, with an additional 15mm added to the backset.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Attachment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each gearbox is secured to its strips using three equidistant screws. The middle screw is strategically positioned 108mm from both the top and bottom screws, ensuring stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRobust Hook Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The gearboxes feature a hook that throws upwards, crafted from Dacromet coated A3 sintered steel, measuring approximately 23mm in height for enhanced durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSnib Functionality:\u003c\/strong\u003e A convenient snib on the faceplate allows users to hold back the latch, providing added flexibility in operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssociated Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a comprehensive range of products compatible with Fullex XL gearboxes, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultipoint door locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeeps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDouble Spindle Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor those needing double spindle configurations, we provide models FULXLCASE35 and FULXLCASE45.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking and Unlocking Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the locking points and main deadbolt (if applicable) by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation: Lift Lever\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo reverse the latch, simply undo the screw in the latch to remove it. Reverse the latch, reinsert it, and replace the screw for proper functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith Fullex XL gearboxes, you can ensure both security and ease of use in your door systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer: Fullex\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBackset: 35mm or 45mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I measure the backset?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, take a ruler or measuring tape and measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole or cylinder. This measurement will give you the backset size needed for your Fullex XL gearbox.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCentres PZ: 92mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I measure the centres?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the centres, measure the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle spindle hole. This ensures that your lock and handle align correctly for optimal operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCase Height: 230mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCase Width: Backset + 15mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCopy\/Genuine: Genuine\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCylinder Type: Euro\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHanding: Not Handed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; hookbolt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle: Single 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperation: Lift Lever\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the operation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe lift lever operation involves lifting the handle upwards to engage the locking mechanism. This action secures the door by activating the locking points, providing enhanced security and ease of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePackaging: Supplied in singles\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fullex","offers":[{"title":"35mm","offer_id":53718352986450,"sku":"FULXLCASE35S-UDF","price":39.33,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm","offer_id":53718353019218,"sku":"FULXLCASE45S-UDF","price":58.01,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/FULXLCASE35S_1_4.avif?v=1781176254"},{"product_id":"genuine-multipoint-gearbox-old-style-case-a-lift-lever-or-split-spindle","title":"Genuine Multipoint Gearbox Old Style Case A - Lift Lever or Split Spindle","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Fullex Genuine A Gearbox\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fullex Genuine A Gearbox is designed for older Fullex locks featuring a split spindle function. With a backset of 39mm, this gearbox is compatible with locks that have wider faceplates, ensuring a secure fit and reliable operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackset:\u003c\/strong\u003e 39mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeasurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35\/68\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eObsolete Cases:\u003c\/strong\u003e B-G (Centre cases B, E \u0026amp; G are no longer available)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Modes:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLift Lever\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSplit Spindle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo reverse the latch, simply undo the screw in the latch, remove it, reverse its position, and reinsert it before replacing the screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNightlatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lock is initially set as a lift lever function. To convert it to a split spindle function, follow these steps:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocate the travel pin surrounding the spindle hole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimultaneously lift the outside handle up and the inside handle down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eListen for the crunching noise indicating the pin has broken.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce the travel pin is broken, the split spindle function is activated. Ensure the spindles are positioned correctly: the longer spindle goes on the inside, overlapping two parts, while the shorter spindle fits on the outside, engaging only with the first part.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Procedure:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to automatically engage the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage additional locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThrow the deadbolt and secure the system by turning the key (note: on some brands, lifting the handle will throw the deadbolt).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnlocking Procedure:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnlock the system by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA further quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis comprehensive guide ensures you can effectively operate and maintain your Fullex Genuine A Gearbox for optimal security and functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer: Fullex\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBackset: 39mm: Select from drop-down\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow do I measure the backset?To measure the backset, you need to determine the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole or the cylinder. This measurement is crucial for ensuring that the lock fits properly within the door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCentres PZ: 68mmHow do I measure the centres?To measure the centres (PZ), measure the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole. This ensures that both components align correctly for optimal functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCase Height: 194mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCase Width: 52mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCopy\/Genuine: Genuine\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCylinder Type: Euro\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHanding: Not Handed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle: Split 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperation: Lift Lever or Split Spindle NightlatchWhat is the operation?The operation refers to how the lock functions. The Fullex Genuine A Gearbox can operate in two modes: as a lift lever, where you lift the handle to engage the lock, or as a split spindle nightlatch, allowing for independent operation of the outside and inside handles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePackaging: Supplied in singles\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fullex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53718382543186,"sku":"FULCCA-UDF","price":82.97,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/FULCCA_1_1.avif?v=1781176530"},{"product_id":"xl-genuine-multipoint-gearbox-lift-lever-or-double-spindle","title":"XL Genuine Multipoint Gearbox - Lift Lever or Double Spindle","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Fullex XL Gearboxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFullex XL gearboxes are designed for versatility and security, available in both 35mm and 45mm backsets. They come in single, double, and split spindle configurations, maintaining consistent dimensions across all models. Each gearbox measures 227mm in height, with an additional 15mm added to the backset.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Attachment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each gearbox is secured to its strips using three equidistant screws. The middle screw is strategically positioned 108mm from both the top and bottom screws, ensuring stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRobust Hook Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The gearboxes feature a hook that throws upwards, crafted from Dacromet coated A3 sintered steel, measuring approximately 23mm in height for enhanced durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSnib Functionality:\u003c\/strong\u003e A convenient snib on the faceplate allows users to hold back the latch, providing added flexibility in operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssociated Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a comprehensive range of products compatible with Fullex XL gearboxes, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultipoint door locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeeps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDouble Spindle Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor those needing double spindle configurations, we provide models FULXLCASE35 and FULXLCASE45.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking and Unlocking Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the locking points and main deadbolt (if applicable) by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation: Lift Lever\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo reverse the latch, simply undo the screw in the latch to remove it. Reverse the latch, reinsert it, and replace the screw for proper functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith Fullex XL gearboxes, you can ensure both security and ease of use in your door systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer: Fullex\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBackset: 35mm or 45mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I measure the backset?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, take a ruler or measuring tape and measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole or cylinder. This measurement will give you the backset size needed for your Fullex XL gearbox.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCentres PZ: 92mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I measure the centres?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the centres, measure the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle spindle hole. This ensures that your lock and handle align correctly for optimal operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCase Height: 230mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCase Width: Backset + 15mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCopy\/Genuine: Genuine\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCylinder Type: Euro\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHanding: Not Handed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; hookbolt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle: Single 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperation: Lift Lever\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the operation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe lift lever operation involves lifting the handle upwards to engage the locking mechanism. This action secures the door by activating the locking points, providing enhanced security and ease of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePackaging: Supplied in singles\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fullex","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Double 8mm \/ 92mm\/62mm","offer_id":53718386082130,"sku":"FULXLCASE35-UDF","price":39.3,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm \/ Double 8mm \/ 92mm\/62mm","offer_id":53718386114898,"sku":"FULXLCASE45-UDF","price":53.85,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/FULXLCASE35S_1_4.avif?v=1781176254"},{"product_id":"new-style-genuine-mulitpoint-gearbox-lift-lever-or-split-spindle","title":"New Style Genuine Mulitpoint Gearbox - Lift Lever or Split Spindle","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGU New Style Genuine Gearboxes are specifically designed to fit new style GU locks only and are not compatible with old style versions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNew-style GU gearboxes come in a wide range of operations, making them one of the largest selections of backsets available on the market. Options include 28mm, 35mm, 40mm, 45mm, and 55mm backsets with lift lever function, as well as 35mm and 45mm with split spindle function. Additionally, the 35mm backset is available with the Europa Plus fast locking function.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo differentiate new-style GU locks from their old-style counterparts, look for the shape at the top of the gearbox. Old-style locks feature a top corner that is removed, while new versions have a vertical groove designed to accommodate bolts for handles. It’s important to note that the two gearboxes are not interchangeable; a new-style gearbox will not fit an old-style multipoint lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGU multipoint lock gearboxes include a latch and deadbolt, measuring 191mm high (excluding the fixing lugs) and the backset + 16mm wide. The latch stands at 32mm high, while the deadbolt measures 35mm high, with a distance of 54mm from the bottom of the latch to the top of the deadbolt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation of GU gearboxes is straightforward, as they are secured to their faceplates with three screws. The distance from the top screw to the middle screw is 108mm, and from the middle screw to the bottom screw is 92mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen measuring your backset, always allow for an additional 2mm, ensuring the faceplate remains attached to the gearbox.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits new style GU locks only; not compatible with old style versions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRange of Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e We offer a variety of associated products for GU Europa gearboxes, including multipoint door locks, keeps, spindles, handles, and accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift Lever or Split Spindle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepending on the date of manufacture, you can reverse the latch by:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUndoing the screw(s) in the latch, removing it, reversing, and reinserting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsing a flat-bladed screwdriver in the small rectangular slot above the spindle while pulling out the latch simultaneously. Reverse and reinsert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNightlatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo reverse the nightlatch, remove the latch to access a small screw. Use a small bladed screwdriver to turn the screw 180 degrees, then return the latch to its correct position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClose the door to automatically engage the latch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLift the handle to engage the additional locking points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThrow the deadbolt and secure the system by turning the key (note: on some brands, the deadbolt may be thrown by lifting the handle).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnlocking the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlock the system by turning the key.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA further quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"title\" id=\"tab-label-shortdescription\" style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"title\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo measure the backset, follow these steps:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdentify the Door Edge\u003c\/strong\u003e: Place your measuring tape against the edge of the door where the lock will be installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasure from the Edge\u003c\/strong\u003e: Measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder hole. This distance is your backset measurement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnsure Accuracy\u003c\/strong\u003e: Double-check your measurement to ensure it aligns with the specified backset options of 35mm or 45mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo measure the centres (PZ measurement):\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocate the Cylinder Hole\u003c\/strong\u003e: Identify the center of the cylinder hole on the door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasure from the Cylinder Hole to the Handle Hole\u003c\/strong\u003e: Use a measuring tape to measure the distance from the center of the cylinder hole to the center of the handle hole. This distance should be 92mm for your specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegarding the operation of the Lift Lever or Split Spindle Nightlatch:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLift Lever\u003c\/strong\u003e: This operation allows you to lift the handle to engage the locking mechanism, providing a secure closure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSplit Spindle\u003c\/strong\u003e: This option allows for independent operation of the handle and the lock, meaning you can lock or unlock the door without needing to lift the handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese features enhance the versatility and security of your locking system.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"GU","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Split 8mm \/ 92mm","offer_id":53718404301138,"sku":"GUCASE35SS-UDF","price":43.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm \/ Split 8mm \/ 92mm","offer_id":53718404333906,"sku":"GUCASE45SS-UDF","price":51.24,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/GUCASE35SS_1_1.avif?v=1781177081"},{"product_id":"xl-genuine-multipoint-gearbox-lift-lever-or-split-spindle","title":"XL Genuine Multipoint Gearbox - Lift Lever or Split Spindle","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Fullex XL Gearboxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFullex XL gearboxes are designed for versatility and security, available in both 35mm and 45mm backsets. They come in single, double, and split spindle configurations, maintaining consistent dimensions across all models. Each gearbox measures 227mm in height, with an added 15mm based on the backset.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 227mm high + backset (35mm or 45mm) + 15mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScrew Attachment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Three equidistant screws for secure installation\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMiddle screw positioned 108mm from both the top and bottom screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHook Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpward-throwing hook made from Dacromet coated A3 sintered steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximately 23mm high\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnib Feature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Located on the faceplate to hold back the latch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssociated Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a comprehensive range of products compatible with Fullex XL gearboxes, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultipoint door locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeeps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking and Unlocking Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to automatically engage the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage additional locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThrow the deadbolt and secure the system by turning the key (note: on some brands, lifting the handle will throw the deadbolt).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA further quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith Fullex XL gearboxes, you can ensure robust security and ease of use for your doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer: Fullex\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBackset: 35mm - \u003cstrong\u003eHow do I measure the backset?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, close the door and measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole or cylinder. This measurement will give you the backset size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCentres PZ: 92mm - \u003cstrong\u003eHow do I measure the centres?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the centres, find the distance between the center of the keyhole (or cylinder) and the center of the handle spindle hole. This is typically measured in millimeters and is crucial for ensuring proper alignment of the locking mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCase Height: 230mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCase Width: 50mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCopy\/Genuine: Genuine\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCylinder Type: Euro\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHanding: Not Handed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; hookbolt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle: Split 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperation: Split spindle - \u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the operation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe split spindle operation allows the handle to operate independently from the locking mechanism. This means that turning the handle will not engage the lock, providing flexibility in door operation, especially in situations where you may want to keep the door secure while still allowing for easy access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePackaging: Supplied in singles\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fullex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53718507815250,"sku":"FULXLCASESS35-UDF","price":58.01,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/FULXLCASESS35_1_4.avif?v=1781177420"},{"product_id":"xl-passive-genuine-multipoint-gearbox-lift-lever","title":"XL Passive Genuine Multipoint Gearbox - Lift Lever","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Fullex XL Gearboxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFullex XL gearboxes are designed for versatility and security, available in both 35mm and 45mm backsets. They come in single, double, and split spindle configurations, maintaining consistent dimensions across all models. Each gearbox measures 227mm in height, with an added 15mm based on the backset.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 227mm high + backset (35mm or 45mm) + 15mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScrew Attachment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Three equidistant screws for secure installation\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMiddle screw positioned 108mm from both the top and bottom screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHook Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpward-throwing hook made from Dacromet coated A3 sintered steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximately 23mm high\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnib Feature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Located on the faceplate to hold back the latch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssociated Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a comprehensive range of products compatible with Fullex XL gearboxes, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultipoint door locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeeps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking and Unlocking Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to automatically engage the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage additional locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThrow the deadbolt and secure the system by turning the key (note: on some brands, lifting the handle will throw the deadbolt).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA further quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith Fullex XL gearboxes, you can ensure robust security and ease of use for your doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer: Fullex\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBackset: 35mm - \u003cstrong\u003eHow do I measure the backset?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, close the door and measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole or cylinder. This measurement will give you the backset size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCentres PZ: 92mm - \u003cstrong\u003eHow do I measure the centres?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the centres, find the distance between the center of the keyhole (or cylinder) and the center of the handle spindle hole. This is typically measured in millimeters and is crucial for ensuring proper alignment of the locking mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCase Height: 230mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCase Width: 50mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCopy\/Genuine: Genuine\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCylinder Type: Euro\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHanding: Not Handed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; hookbolt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle: Split 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperation: Split spindle - \u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the operation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe split spindle operation allows the handle to operate independently from the locking mechanism. This means that turning the handle will not engage the lock, providing flexibility in door operation, especially in situations where you may want to keep the door secure while still allowing for easy access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePackaging: Supplied in singles\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fullex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53718522724690,"sku":"FUXLSLAVECASE-UDF","price":47.88,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/FUXLSLAVECASE_1_3.avif?v=1781177550"},{"product_id":"new-style-genuine-multipoint-gearbox-fast-locking","title":"New Style Genuine Multipoint Gearbox - Fast Locking","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Fastlocking Europa Plus Gearboxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFastlocking Europa Plus gearboxes revolutionize door security with their innovative design. By simply lifting the handle, users can engage the locking points without needing to turn the key, enhancing convenience and efficiency. Unlike the old-style GU locks, these gearboxes feature a unique elongated hole at the top groove, setting them apart from traditional operation gearboxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Availability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fastlocking Europa Plus GU gearboxes are exclusively available in a 35mm backset.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign Differentiation:\u003c\/strong\u003e New-style GU locks can be easily identified by their vertical groove at the top of the gearbox, which aids in the alignment of bolts for handles. In contrast, old-style locks have a top corner removed, making them incompatible with new-style gearboxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e GU multipoint lock gearboxes measure 191mm in height (excluding fixing lugs) and are 16mm wider than the backset. The latch stands at 32mm high, while the deadbolt measures 35mm high, with a distance of 54mm from the bottom of the latch to the top of the deadbolt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gearboxes are secured to their faceplates with three screws, with specific measurements for screw placement: 108mm from the top to the middle screw and 92mm from the middle screw to the bottom screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasurement Tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e Always allow an additional 2mm when measuring your backset, ensuring the faceplate remains attached to the gearbox.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssociated Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a comprehensive range of products compatible with GU Europa Plus gearboxes, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultipoint door locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeeps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to automatically engage the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage additional locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThrow the deadbolt and secure the system by turning the key (note: on some brands, lifting the handle will also throw the deadbolt).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnlock the system by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA further quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo reverse the latch, insert a flat-bladed screwdriver into the small rectangular slot above the spindle while simultaneously pulling out the latch. Reverse the latch and reinsert it for proper functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith the Fastlocking Europa Plus gearboxes, experience enhanced security and ease of use for your multipoint locking systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer: GU\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBackset: 35mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Measure the Backset:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, take a ruler or measuring tape and measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole or cylinder. Ensure that you measure straight across, as any angle can lead to inaccurate readings. Always allow an additional 2mm to ensure proper fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCentres PZ: 92mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Measure the Centres:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the centres (PZ), measure the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle spindle hole. This measurement is crucial for ensuring that the handle and lock align correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCase Height: 195mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCase Width: 53mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCopy\/Genuine: Genuine\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCylinder Type: Euro\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHanding: Not Handed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle: Split 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperation: Fast Locking\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Operation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Fast Locking operation allows users to secure their doors quickly and efficiently. By simply lifting the handle, the locking points engage automatically, eliminating the need for a key in many cases. This feature enhances convenience, especially in high-traffic areas where quick access is essential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePackaging: Supplied in singles\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"GU","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53718527115602,"sku":"GUCASEFAST-UDF","price":126.22,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/GUCASEFAST_1_3.avif?v=1781177769"},{"product_id":"new-style-genuine-multipoint-gearbox-key-wind","title":"New Style Genuine Multipoint Gearbox - Key Wind","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Fastlocking Europa Plus Gearboxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFastlocking Europa Plus gearboxes revolutionize door security with their innovative design. By simply lifting the handle, users can engage the locking points without needing to turn the key, enhancing convenience and efficiency. Unlike the old-style GU locks, these gearboxes feature a unique elongated hole at the top groove, setting them apart from traditional operation gearboxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Availability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fastlocking Europa Plus GU gearboxes are exclusively available in a 35mm backset.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign Differentiation:\u003c\/strong\u003e New-style GU locks can be easily identified by their vertical groove at the top of the gearbox, which aids in the alignment of bolts for handles. In contrast, old-style locks have a top corner removed, making them incompatible with new-style gearboxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e GU multipoint lock gearboxes measure 191mm in height (excluding fixing lugs) and are 16mm wider than the backset. The latch stands at 32mm high, while the deadbolt measures 35mm high, with a distance of 54mm from the bottom of the latch to the top of the deadbolt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gearboxes are secured to their faceplates with three screws, with specific measurements for screw placement: 108mm from the top to the middle screw and 92mm from the middle screw to the bottom screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasurement Tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e Always allow an additional 2mm when measuring your backset, ensuring the faceplate remains attached to the gearbox.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssociated Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a comprehensive range of products compatible with GU Europa Plus gearboxes, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultipoint door locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeeps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to automatically engage the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage additional locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThrow the deadbolt and secure the system by turning the key (note: on some brands, lifting the handle will also throw the deadbolt).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnlock the system by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA further quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo reverse the latch, insert a flat-bladed screwdriver into the small rectangular slot above the spindle while simultaneously pulling out the latch. Reverse the latch and reinsert it for proper functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith the Fastlocking Europa Plus gearboxes, experience enhanced security and ease of use for your multipoint locking systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer: GU\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBackset: 35mm,45mm. 55mm, 65mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Measure the Backset:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, take a ruler or measuring tape and measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole or cylinder. Ensure that you measure straight across, as any angle can lead to inaccurate readings. Always allow an additional 2mm to ensure proper fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCentres PZ: 92mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Measure the Centres:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the centres (PZ), measure the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle spindle hole. This measurement is crucial for ensuring that the handle and lock align correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCase Height: 180mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCase Width: 16mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCopy\/Genuine: Genuine\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCylinder Type: Euro\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHanding: Not Handed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle: Split 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperation: Fast Locking\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Operation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Fast Locking operation allows users to secure their doors quickly and efficiently. By simply lifting the handle, the locking points engage automatically, eliminating the need for a key in many cases. This feature enhances convenience, especially in high-traffic areas where quick access is essential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePackaging: Supplied in singles\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"GU","offers":[{"title":"35mm","offer_id":53718606774610,"sku":"GUCASEKW35-UDF","price":215.91,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm","offer_id":53718606807378,"sku":"GUCASEKW45-UDF","price":229.22,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"55mm","offer_id":53718606840146,"sku":"GUCASEKW55-UDF","price":229.22,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"65mm","offer_id":53718606872914,"sku":"GUCASE65KW-UDF","price":182.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/GUCASEKW35_1_3.avif?v=1781177950"},{"product_id":"multipoint-gearbox-lift-lever-or-split-spindle-3","title":"Multipoint Gearbox - Lift Lever or Split Spindle","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Anglian Multipoint Door Lock Gearboxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnglian multipoint door lock gearboxes are designed with a unique square shape, featuring no corner cut-outs. They come in two backset options: 35mm and 45mm, with an overall length of 221mm and a width that includes the backset plus an additional 18mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch and Deadbolt Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch Height: 24mm (with two distinctive screws)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolt Height: 30mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Latch and Deadbolt: 61mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScrew Configuration:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe gearbox is secured to the faceplate with four screws, which is atypical for multipoint locks. The measurements between the screw holes are:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirst to second: 37mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecond to third: 85mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThird to fourth: 43mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhen measuring the backset, account for an additional 2-3mm for the faceplate. For instance, a 35mm backset gearbox will measure approximately 32mm when not attached to the strip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to automatically engage the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to activate the additional locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThrow the deadbolt and secure the system by turning the key (note: some brands may throw the deadbolt by lifting the handle).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnlocking the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA further quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e To reverse the latch, simply undo the screws, remove the latch, reverse it, and reinsert before replacing the screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNightlatch Split Spindle Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e To reverse the nightlatch split spindle, remove the latch to access a small screw. Use a small bladed screwdriver to turn the screw 180 degrees, then return the latch to its correct position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anglian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30mm, 35mm, or 45mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ:\u003c\/strong\u003e 92mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 220mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backset + 20mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeadbolt Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCopy\/Genuine:\u003c\/strong\u003e Genuine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCylinder Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Euro\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain Gearbox:\u003c\/strong\u003e Latch \u0026amp; Deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Split 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lift Lever or Split Spindle Nightlatch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supplied in singles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor any further inquiries or assistance, feel free to reach out!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Anglian","offers":[{"title":"35mm","offer_id":54481018093906,"sku":"ANGCASE35-UDF","price":42.88,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm","offer_id":54481018126674,"sku":"ANGCASE45-UDF","price":63.37,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/ANGCASE35_1_2_35f2f0de-d23d-4bca-9818-d9810d2f30cd.avif?v=1788240758"},{"product_id":"surelock-copy-multipoint-gearbox-lift-lever-or-double-spindle","title":"Surelock Copy Multipoint Gearbox - Lift Lever or Double Spindle","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntroducing the Old Style 05002 Case, designed for durability and ease of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScrew Holes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unthreaded; self-tapping screws are required for installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReplacement Hook Shells:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available under Part Number: CEGOHOOK.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose between a lift lever or double spindle for versatile functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLay the multipoint lock strip on the floor with the latch and deadbolt facing left.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUndo the 5 screws on the side of the case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the flat positioning plate and latch clip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwist the latch into the desired position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinsert the flat positioning plate and latch clip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplace the cover and tighten the screws.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cego Genuine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackset:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35mm (Need help measuring? Click here for guidance.)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ:\u003c\/strong\u003e 92mm\/70mm (Unsure how to measure? Find out more here.)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 234mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 52mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCopy\/Genuine:\u003c\/strong\u003e Genuine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCylinder Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Euro\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain Gearbox:\u003c\/strong\u003e Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Double 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lift Lever or Double Spindle Nightlatch (Curious about the operation? Learn more here.)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supplied in singles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor any further inquiries or assistance, feel free to reach out!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Cego","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54481025368402,"sku":"CEGOCASE35-UDF","price":48.68,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/CEGOCASE35_1_1.avif?v=1788241242"},{"product_id":"surelock-passive-door-multipoint-gearbox-lift-lever","title":"Surelock Passive Door Multipoint Gearbox Lift Lever","description":"\u003cp\u003eIntroducing the Cego Surelock Passive Door Multipoint Gearbox, designed for enhanced security and durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis gearbox features a 35mm backset, making it an ideal choice for various door types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentres (PZ):\u003c\/strong\u003e 92mm\/70mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 234mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backset + 15mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith its robust construction and precise engineering, the Cego Surelock ensures reliable performance and peace of mind for your entryways. Perfect for both residential and commercial applications, this multipoint gearbox is a smart investment in safety and functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Cego","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54481027629394,"sku":"CEGOSLAVECASE35-UDF","price":172.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/cegoslavecase_1.avif?v=1788241406"},{"product_id":"latch-and-deadbolt-multipoint-gearbox-lift-lever-or-double-spindle","title":"Latch and Deadbolt Multipoint Gearbox - Lift Lever or Double Spindle","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Coldseal Gearbox\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your locking system with the Coldseal gearbox, designed to convert single spindle versions to double spindle configurations. This versatile gearbox is available in both latch-only and latch with deadbolt options, ensuring you have the right fit for your security needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCase Height: 233mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCase Width: 55mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackset: 35mm (Note: Measure from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch and Deadbolt Measurements:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch Height: 20mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolt Height: 30mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between Latch and Deadbolt: 80mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for older locks with inline connectors. Adapting the drive gear may be necessary for proper functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift lever or double spindle operation for ease of use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasily reverse the latch by undoing the screw, flipping it, and reinserting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003elock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to engage the latch automatically.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to activate additional locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThrow the deadbolt and secure the system by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003eunlock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Coldseal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ:\u003c\/strong\u003e 92mm\/70mm (Note: Measure from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCopy\/Genuine:\u003c\/strong\u003e Copy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCylinder Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Euro\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain Gearbox:\u003c\/strong\u003e Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Double 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supplied in singles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant Considerations:\u003c\/strong\u003e When replacing a gearbox, be aware of older locks that may feature an offset or cranked connector. Ensure to follow the technical guide for adapting the drive gear to maintain functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your security with the Coldseal gearbox and enjoy enhanced locking capabilities!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Coldseal","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54481030086994,"sku":"COLCASE35D-UDF","price":79.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/COLCASE35D_1_2.avif?v=1788241549"},{"product_id":"mark-1-multipoint-gearbox-lift-lever","title":"Mark 1 Multipoint Gearbox - Lift Lever","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DGS gearbox is designed for durability and ease of use, featuring a latch and deadbolt mechanism. It measures 208mm in height (excluding the fixing lugs) and has a width of backset + 19mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey dimensions include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 32mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeadbolt Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGap from Latch to Deadbolt:\u003c\/strong\u003e 54mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is straightforward, with the gearbox fixed to its faceplate using three screws. The screw placements are as follows:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop to Middle Screw Distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 108mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMiddle to Bottom Screw Distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 92mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe follower measures 8mm, with the surrounding thickness varying between 30mm (thicker) and 35\/45mm (thinner).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen measuring your backset, always allow an additional 2mm if the gearbox is removed from the faceplate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFunctionality\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DGS gearboxes are exclusively available in a lift lever function. Note that the split spindle and fast locking functions are now obsolete; if you require either of these, a new style full-length lock will be necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003elock the door\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the locking points and main deadbolt (if applicable) by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003eunlock the door\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e DGS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30mm, 35mm, 40mm, or 45mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ:\u003c\/strong\u003e 92mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 208mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backset + 19mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCopy\/Genuine:\u003c\/strong\u003e Copy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCylinder Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Euro\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain Gearbox:\u003c\/strong\u003e Latch \u0026amp; Deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lift Lever\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supplied in singles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor any further inquiries on measuring backset or centres, or understanding the operation, feel free to reach out!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DGS","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Single 8mm \/ 92mm","offer_id":54481032282450,"sku":"DGSMK135-UDF","price":93.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/DGSMK135_1_2.avif?v=1788241711"},{"product_id":"mark-2-multipoint-gearbox-lift-lever","title":"Mark 2 Multipoint Gearbox - Lift Lever","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDGS multipoint lock gearboxes are designed for enhanced security and ease of use. Each unit features a latch and deadbolt, measuring 191mm in height (excluding fixing lugs) and a width of backset + 16mm. The latch stands at 32mm high, while the deadbolt measures 35mm high, with a distance of 54mm from the bottom of the latch to the top of the deadbolt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese gearboxes are securely fixed to their faceplates using three screws. The distance from the top screw to the middle screw is 108mm, and from the middle screw to the bottom screw is 92mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant Note:\u003c\/strong\u003e Always allow an additional 2mm when measuring your backset, ensuring the faceplate remains attached to the gearbox. Please note that these gearboxes are not compatible with old style locks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation: Lift Lever\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e Twist the latch into the desired position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the locking points and main deadbolt (if present) by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnlock the system by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e DGS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e 28mm, 35mm, 40mm, 45mm, or 55mm\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cem\u003eHow to Measure the Backset?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ:\u003c\/strong\u003e 92mm\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cem\u003eHow to Measure the Centres?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 191mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backset + 16mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCopy\/Genuine:\u003c\/strong\u003e Genuine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCylinder Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Euro\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain Gearbox:\u003c\/strong\u003e Latch \u0026amp; Deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lift Lever\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the Operation?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supplied in singles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct FAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor any additional questions or clarifications regarding the DGS multipoint lock gearboxes, please refer to our FAQs section or contact our support team for assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DGS","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Single 8mm \/ 92mm","offer_id":54481033593170,"sku":"DGSMK235-UDF","price":90.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/gucase_1.avif?v=1788241880"},{"product_id":"bi-fold-35-92-latch-hook-lockcase-for-warmcore-liniar-doors","title":"Bi Fold 35\/92 Latch Hook Lockcase for Warmcore Liniar Doors","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERA Genuine Gearbox Hookbolt Version to suit Warmcore and Liniar Bi-Fold Doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lift lever or split spindle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUndo the screws in the latch to remove. Reverse and reinsert, then replace screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNightlatch Split Spindle Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRemove latch to reveal a small screw. Use a small bladed screwdriver to turn the screw 180 degrees, then return latch to the correct position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 220mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backset + 20mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentres:\u003c\/strong\u003e 92mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Screw Centres:\u003c\/strong\u003e 43mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Throw:\u003c\/strong\u003e 17mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackset:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Split 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supplied in singles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"ERA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54481044701522,"sku":"ERABICASE35-UDF","price":42.67,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/ERABICASE35_1_2.avif?v=1788242143"},{"product_id":"vectis-genuine-multipoint-gearbox-lift-lever-or-split-spindle","title":"Vectis Genuine Multipoint Gearbox - Lift Lever or Split Spindle","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: ERA Vectis Deadbolt Gearbox\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERA Vectis deadbolt genuine gearbox is designed for versatility and security, featuring a split spindle and available in 35mm or 45mm backsets. With 95mm centres, this gearbox is compatible with any ERA multipoint lock, allowing for seamless mortice locking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterchangeability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vectis cases can be swapped with any ERA multipoint lock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeying Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supplied with 3 keys; can be keyed alike in-house (Genuine Key Blank: 611V).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistinctive Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Square design with a UK keyway for traditional mortice keys.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Overall length of 221mm; width is backset plus 18mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanisms:\u003c\/strong\u003e Options for classic deadbolt, hook bolt, or Vectis 5 lever mechanism.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35mm or 45mm (regular ERA gearboxes also available in 30mm).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch and Deadbolt Heights:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24mm high latch, 30mm high deadbolt, with 61mm spacing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScrew Configuration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Held onto the faceplate with 4 screws; specific measurements for screw holes provided.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation and Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easily reversible by undoing screws in the latch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNightlatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjust the small screw within the latch for reversal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Procedure:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to engage the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage additional locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThrow the deadbolt and lock by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnlocking Procedure:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Information:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supplied in singles with 3 keys (long keys for 35mm backset, short keys for 45mm).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssociated Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e A range of multipoint door locks, keeps, spindles, handles, and accessories available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e The older design may differ visually but remains interchangeable with the new style.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor any custom requirements or specific configurations, please contact us to build the lock to order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ERA","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Split 8mm \/ 95mm","offer_id":54481056694610,"sku":"VECTISCASE35-UDF","price":45.79,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm \/ Split 8mm \/ 95mm","offer_id":54481056727378,"sku":"VECTISCASE45-UDF","price":45.79,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/VECTISCASE35_1_2_efc129c6-12e2-4f15-a4cf-370d756e0aac.avif?v=1788242540"},{"product_id":"vectis-hookbolt-genuine-multipoint-gearbox-lift-lever-or-split-spindle","title":"Vectis Hookbolt Genuine Multipoint Gearbox - Lift Lever or Split Spindle","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntroducing the ERA Vectis Hook Bolt Genuine Gearbox, designed for durability and versatility. This gearbox features a split spindle, with 92mm centres and a 35mm backset, making it an ideal choice for various door applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Vectis cases are interchangeable with any ERA multipoint lock, allowing for seamless mortice locking. Each unit comes with three keys (Genuine Key Blank: 611V), ensuring you have the necessary access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNotably, the ERA Vectis multipoint door lock gearboxes boast a distinctive square design without corner cut-outs. The UK keyway is specifically crafted to accommodate a traditional mortice key. The overall dimensions of the gearbox are 221mm in length and the width is the backset plus 18mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in 35mm or 45mm backsets, all ERA gearboxes maintain consistent dimensions. They can be equipped with a classic deadbolt, a standard euro cut-out, an Invincible cylinder cut-out, or a Vectis 5 lever mechanism. Choose between a deadbolt or a hook bolt that throws upward. For enhanced security, consider the British Standard Fortress invincible gearbox, which includes hardened drill plates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith the exception of the British Standard Fortress lock, all ERA gearboxes are interchangeable. If your client requires a hook lock instead of a deadbolt or a Vectis locking multipoint door lock, reach out to us, and we’ll customize the lock to meet their needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eERA multipoint door lock gearboxes feature a 24mm high latch (with two distinctive screws), a 30mm high deadbolt, and a spacing of 61mm between them. Uniquely, these gearboxes are secured to the faceplate with four screws. The measurements between the screw holes are as follows: 37mm from the first to the second, 85mm from the second to the third, and 43mm from the third to the fourth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen measuring the backset, remember to account for 2-3mm for the faceplate. Thus, a 35mm backset gearbox will measure approximately 32mm when not affixed to the strip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe also offer a comprehensive range of associated products for ERA Vectis Hook Bolt gearboxes, including multipoint door locks, keeps, spindles, handles, and accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to automatically engage the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage the additional locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThrow the deadbolt and secure the system by turning the key (on some brands, lifting the handle will throw the deadbolt).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnlock the system by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA further quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackset:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35mm (How to measure the backset?)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ:\u003c\/strong\u003e 92mm (How to measure the centres?)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 220mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCopy\/Genuine:\u003c\/strong\u003e Genuine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCylinder Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e UK\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain Gearbox:\u003c\/strong\u003e Latch \u0026amp; Hookbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Split 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lift Lever or Split Spindle Nightlatch (What is the operation?)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supplied in singles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"ERA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54481065279826,"sku":"VECTISHOOKCASE-UDF","price":48.96,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/VECTISHOOKCASE_1_2.avif?v=1788242688"},{"product_id":"vectis-passive-genuine-multipoint-gearbox-lift-lever","title":"Vectis Passive Genuine Multipoint Gearbox - Lift Lever","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntroducing the Vectis cases, designed for seamless compatibility with any ERA multipoint lock. These cases facilitate mortice locking on multipoint locks, ensuring enhanced security and convenience. Each unit comes with three keys (Genuine Key Blank: 611V) for your peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Vectis cases operate with a lift lever mechanism, providing a user-friendly experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackset:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cem\u003eHow to Measure the Backset:\u003c\/em\u003e Measure from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ:\u003c\/strong\u003e 92mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cem\u003eHow to Measure the Centres:\u003c\/em\u003e Measure from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 220mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backset + 20mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCopy\/Genuine:\u003c\/strong\u003e Genuine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCylinder Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e UK\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain Gearbox:\u003c\/strong\u003e Passive lock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lift Lever\u003cbr\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the Operation?\u003c\/em\u003e The lift lever operation allows for easy locking and unlocking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supplied in singles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your security with the reliable and versatile Vectis cases!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ERA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54481071243602,"sku":"VECTISSLAVECASE-UDF","price":87.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/VECTISSLAVECASE_1_2.avif?v=1788242798"},{"product_id":"genuine-multipoint-gearbox-key-wind-2","title":"Genuine Multipoint Gearbox - Key Wind","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntroducing the Fornax Genuine Multipoint Gearbox, designed specifically for Fornax multipoint locks. This robust gearbox combines functionality and security, featuring a key wind operation that integrates both a latch and a deadbolt within its main assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions and Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 212mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 54mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePZ Centres:\u003c\/strong\u003e 92mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch and Deadbolt Details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeadbolt Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 26mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance Between Latch and Deadbolt:\u003c\/strong\u003e 63mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe gearbox is secured to the faceplate with three screws, spaced 100mm apart (top to middle and middle to bottom). The latch can be easily reversed by twisting it into the desired position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo operate the gearbox, simply turn the key to engage the locking points. To unlock, turn the key in the opposite direction to disengage the locking points. The final turn of the key will withdraw the latch bolt, allowing for smooth operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGenuine Fornax gearbox for multipoint locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKey wind operation for enhanced security\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy installation with three fixing screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch reversal feature for versatile use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fornax\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Select from drop-down menu\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain Gearbox:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes both latch and deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Fornax Genuine Multipoint Gearbox is the perfect solution for those seeking reliability and security in their locking systems.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fornax","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Key Wind","offer_id":54481075536210,"sku":"FORGB35KW-UDF","price":52.12,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/FORGB35KW_1_1.avif?v=1788243124"},{"product_id":"genuine-multipoint-gearbox-lift-lever","title":"Genuine Multipoint Gearbox - Lift Lever","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fornax Genuine Multipoint Gearbox is designed specifically for Fornax multipoint locks, ensuring optimal compatibility and performance. This gearbox features a lift lever operation, integrating both a latch and a deadbolt within its main assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions and Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 224mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backset + 19mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeadbolt Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 31mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance Between Latch and Deadbolt:\u003c\/strong\u003e 53mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e 28mm, 35mm, 45mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePZ Centres:\u003c\/strong\u003e 92mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe gearbox is secured to the faceplate with three screws, spaced 110mm apart (top to middle and middle to bottom). The latch can be easily reversed by twisting it into the desired position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo operate the gearbox, lift the handle upwards to engage the locking points, then turn the key to lock both the locking points and the main deadbolt (if applicable). To unlock, simply turn the key to disengage the lock, followed by pushing the handle downwards to retract the latch and disengage the locking points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGenuine Fornax gearbox for multipoint locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift lever operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCase height: 224mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCase width: Backset + 19mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackset options: 28mm, 35mm, 45mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePZ centres: 92mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle size: Single 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain gearbox includes latch (24mm high) and deadbolt (31mm high)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between bottom of latch and top of deadbolt: 53mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree fixing screws spaced 110mm apart (top to middle, middle to bottom)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch reversal by twisting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fornax\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ:\u003c\/strong\u003e 92mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lift Lever\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain Gearbox:\u003c\/strong\u003e Latch and deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 224mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis gearbox is an excellent choice for enhancing security and functionality in your multipoint locking system.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fornax","offers":[{"title":"28mm","offer_id":54481100702034,"sku":"FORGB28-UDF","price":37.72,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"35mm","offer_id":54481100734802,"sku":"FORGB35-UDF","price":37.72,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm","offer_id":54481100767570,"sku":"FORGB45-UDF","price":43.11,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/FORGB28_1_1_e54715bd-d6ea-4b4d-ab3b-e8e9c20475ed.avif?v=1788243394"},{"product_id":"new-style-genuine-multipoint-gearbox-lift-lever","title":"New Style Genuine Multipoint Gearbox - Lift Lever","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntroducing the GU New Style Genuine Multipoint Gearbox - Lift Lever, designed specifically for new style GU multipoint locks. This gearbox is not compatible with older models due to distinct design features, particularly the vertical groove at the top corner that accommodates handle bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e: Exclusively for new style GU multipoint locks; incompatible with old style versions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation\u003c\/strong\u003e: Lift lever function with an integrated latch and deadbolt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Options\u003c\/strong\u003e: Available in 28mm, 35mm, 40mm, 45mm, and 55mm (select from drop-down).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePZ Centres\u003c\/strong\u003e: Standard measurement of 92mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle Size\u003c\/strong\u003e: Single 8mm spindle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e: Gearbox height is 191mm (excluding fixing lugs), with a width that equals the selected backset plus 16mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch and Deadbolt Measurements\u003c\/strong\u003e: Latch height is 32mm, deadbolt height is 35mm, with a 54mm distance between the bottom of the latch and the top of the deadbolt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Fixing\u003c\/strong\u003e: Secured with three screws, spaced 108mm from the top to the middle screw, and 92mm from the middle to the bottom screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal\u003c\/strong\u003e: Easily reversible by twisting the latch into the desired position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFitment \u0026amp; Verification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure proper fitment, please check the following:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm the gearbox is for new style GU multipoint locks by verifying the vertical groove at the top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the door’s backset, allowing for an additional 2mm if the faceplate remains attached during measurement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVerify the required backset size from the available options before placing your order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure that the PZ centres match the existing lock (92mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm the spindle size is an 8mm single spindle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon Ordering Mistakes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid these common pitfalls when ordering:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrdering a new style gearbox for an old style GU lock or vice versa.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelecting the incorrect backset size without accounting for the 2mm measurement allowance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfusing latch reversal with lock handing; remember that the latch can be reversed by twisting, but the door handing should be confirmed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverlooking the PZ centres measurement, which may lead to incompatibility with handles and cylinders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003elock the door\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage the locking points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurn the key to lock the locking points and the main deadbolt (if present).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003eunlock the door\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurn the key to disengage the lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePush the handle downwards to retract the latch and disengage the locking points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/strong\u003e: GU\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset\u003c\/strong\u003e: Select from drop-down options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePZ Centres\u003c\/strong\u003e: 92mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation\u003c\/strong\u003e: Lift Lever\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle\u003c\/strong\u003e: Single 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight\u003c\/strong\u003e: 191mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain Gearbox\u003c\/strong\u003e: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCase Width\u003c\/strong\u003e: Backset + 16mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanding\u003c\/strong\u003e: Not Handed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging\u003c\/strong\u003e: Supplied in singles\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCopy\/Genuine\u003c\/strong\u003e: Genuine\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCylinder Type\u003c\/strong\u003e: Euro\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor any further inquiries or assistance, feel free to reach out!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"GU","offers":[{"title":"28mm \/ Single 8mm \/ 92mm","offer_id":54481142055250,"sku":"GUCASE28-UDF","price":32.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"35mm \/ Single 8mm \/ 92mm","offer_id":54481142088018,"sku":"GUCASE-UDF","price":37.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"40mm \/ Single 8mm \/ 92mm","offer_id":54481142120786,"sku":"GUCASE40-UDF","price":49.3,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm \/ Single 8mm \/ 92mm","offer_id":54481142153554,"sku":"GUCASE45-UDF","price":44.02,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"55mm \/ Single 8mm \/ 92mm","offer_id":54481142186322,"sku":"GUCASE55-UDF","price":45.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/GUCASE28_1_1_9568b774-bc7f-4ec4-a9b0-49ace66e9fb0.avif?v=1788244139"},{"product_id":"old-style-copy-multipoint-gearbox-lift-lever","title":"Old Style Copy Multipoint Gearbox - Lift Lever","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: GU Europa Copy Gearboxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur GU Europa copy gearboxes are designed specifically for original GU Europa locks, offering a reliable solution for your locking needs. Available in various backsets—30mm (28mm with cranked faceplate), 35mm, 40mm, and 45mm—these gearboxes ensure compatibility and ease of installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 208mm (excluding fixing lugs)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: Backset + 19mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch Height: 32mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolt Height: 35mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGap between Latch and Deadbolt: 54mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScrew Fixing:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed to faceplates with 3 screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScrew spacing: 108mm from top to middle screw, 92mm from middle to bottom screw\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFollower Specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8mm follower with varying thickness based on backset (thicker for 30mm, thinner for 35\/45mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Note:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlways allow an additional 2mm when measuring backset with the gearbox removed from the faceplate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFunctionality:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThese gearboxes operate with a lift lever function. Please note that the split spindle and fast locking functions are now obsolete; if you require these features, a new full-length lock is necessary.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo lock the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to lock the locking points and main deadbolt (if applicable).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo unlock the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e GU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30mm, 35mm, 40mm, or 45mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ:\u003c\/strong\u003e 92mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 208mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backset + 19mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCopy\/Genuine:\u003c\/strong\u003e Copy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCylinder Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Euro\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain Gearbox:\u003c\/strong\u003e Latch \u0026amp; Deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lift Lever\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supplied in singles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssociated Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe also offer a range of associated products for GU Europa gearboxes, including keeps, spindles, handles, and various accessories to enhance your locking system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor any further inquiries or assistance, feel free to reach out!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"GU","offers":[{"title":"30mm \/ Single 8mm \/ 92mm","offer_id":54481149559122,"sku":"GUCASE30OLD-UDF","price":18.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"35mm \/ Single 8mm \/ 92mm","offer_id":54481149591890,"sku":"GUCASE35OLD-UDF","price":18.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"40mm \/ Single 8mm \/ 92mm","offer_id":54481149624658,"sku":"GUCASE40OLD-UDF","price":39.88,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm \/ Single 8mm \/ 92mm","offer_id":54481149657426,"sku":"GUCASE45OLD-UDF","price":39.88,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/GUCASE30OLD_1_2_cc20116d-3054-4655-a718-8e5b4728b9ab.avif?v=1788244552"},{"product_id":"passive-new-style-genuine-multipoint-gearbox-lift-lever","title":"Passive New Style Genuine Multipoint Gearbox - Lift Lever","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntroducing the GU Genuine Gearbox, specifically designed for the new style GU passive (slave) locks. Please note that this gearbox is not compatible with old-style versions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e: Only suitable for new style GU locks, identifiable by the vertical groove at the top of the gearbox. Old-style locks have a top corner removed and are incompatible with this gearbox.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign\u003c\/strong\u003e: This gearbox is tailored for slave doors and does not include a latch or deadbolt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 191mm (excluding fixing lugs)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: Backset + 16mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed to faceplates with 3 screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScrew spacing:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop to middle screw: 108mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMiddle to bottom screw: 92mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement\u003c\/strong\u003e: Always allow an additional 3mm when measuring your backset if the faceplate is not attached to the gearbox.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssociated Products\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a variety of related products for GU gearboxes, including keeps, spindles, and handles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage the vertical locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to lock the system (note: on some brands, the deadbolt may engage by lifting the handle).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/strong\u003e: GU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackset\u003c\/strong\u003e: 35mm (Learn how to measure the backset)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ\u003c\/strong\u003e: 92mm (Learn how to measure the centres)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase Height\u003c\/strong\u003e: 191mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase Width\u003c\/strong\u003e: 51mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCopy\/Genuine\u003c\/strong\u003e: Genuine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCylinder Type\u003c\/strong\u003e: Euro\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHanding\u003c\/strong\u003e: Not Handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain Gearbox\u003c\/strong\u003e: Passive case only, no latch or deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle\u003c\/strong\u003e: Single 8mm solid follower, no split spindle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperation\u003c\/strong\u003e: Lift Lever (What is the operation?)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging\u003c\/strong\u003e: Supplied in singles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure you choose the correct gearbox for your locking system to maintain security and functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"GU","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54481157161298,"sku":"GUSLAVECASE35-UDF","price":95.93,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/GUSLAVECASE35_1_1.avif?v=1788244777"},{"product_id":"secury-a2-genuine-multipoint-gearbox-automatic-locking","title":"Secury A2 Genuine Multipoint Gearbox - Automatic Locking","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: GU Secury A2 Automatic Gearboxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GU Secury A2 automatic gearboxes are designed for enhanced security and convenience, featuring one of the first automatic locking multipoint systems. Available in three backset sizes—35mm, 45mm, and 55mm—these gearboxes are perfect for various door configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 185mm (excluding fixing lugs)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: Backset + 18mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncorporates both a latch and a deadbolt for maximum security.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasurement Tips:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlways allow an additional 2mm when measuring your backset with the faceplate attached.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssociated Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWe offer a comprehensive range of products compatible with GU Secury A2 gearboxes, including multipoint door locks, keeps, spindles, handles, and various accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Operate the Lock:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to automatically engage the latch and locking points as the triggers connect with the keeps on the frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to deadlock the mechanism.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the mechanism.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf equipped with a lever, push it down to retract the locking points. Alternatively, a further quarter turn of the key will retract the latch, allowing you to open the door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e GU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35mm, 45mm, or 55mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ:\u003c\/strong\u003e 92mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 185mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backset + 18mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCopy\/Genuine:\u003c\/strong\u003e Genuine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCylinder Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Euro\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain Gearbox:\u003c\/strong\u003e Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Automatic Locking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supplied in singles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor any further inquiries or assistance, feel free to reach out!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"GU","offers":[{"title":"35mm","offer_id":54481170694482,"sku":"GUAUTOCASE35-UDF","price":185.61,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm","offer_id":54481170727250,"sku":"GUAUTOCASE45-UDF","price":196.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"55mm","offer_id":54481170760018,"sku":"GUAUTOCASE55-UDF","price":177.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/GUAUTOCASE35_1_1_a2801f0e-81e1-4947-b9ca-b94d6bcdac0f.avif?v=1788245051"},{"product_id":"tripact-new-style-genuine-multipoint-gearbox-lift-lever","title":"Tripact New Style Genuine Multipoint Gearbox - Lift Lever","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntroducing the GU genuine gearbox designed specifically for the new style GU Tripact 70mm PZ locks. Please note that this gearbox is not compatible with older versions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe new style GU gearboxes come in two backset options: 40mm and 50mm. They operate via a lift lever mechanism and feature a unique smaller 7mm square spindle follower.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdentification of New Style GU Tripact Locks\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can easily distinguish new style GU Tripact locks from their old style counterparts by examining the shape at the bottom of the gearbox. Old style locks have a rectangular case with rounded corners, while the new versions showcase a square cut-out at the bottom back corner, just below the euro cylinder piercing. Remember, the two gearboxes are not interchangeable; a new style gearbox will not fit an old style multipoint lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications of GU Multipoint Lock Gearboxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e: The GU multipoint lock gearboxes measure 213mm in height and 16mm in width, plus the selected backset size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch and Deadbolt\u003c\/strong\u003e: The latch measures 32mm high, while the deadbolt is 33mm high. There is a 54mm distance from the bottom of the latch to the top of the deadbolt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixing\u003c\/strong\u003e: Gearboxes are secured to their faceplates with three screws. The distance from the top screw to the middle screw is 110mm, and from the middle screw to the bottom screw is 95mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen measuring your backset, always allow an additional 2mm if the faceplate is still attached to the gearbox.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the locking points and main deadbolt (if applicable) by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnlock the system by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo reverse the latch, insert a flat screwdriver into the vertical slot on the side of the case behind the latch bolt. Push the screwdriver in while simultaneously pulling the latch out. Twist the latch into the desired position and push it back into the lock case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/strong\u003e: GU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Options\u003c\/strong\u003e: 40mm, 50mm (select the required option)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ\u003c\/strong\u003e: 70mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase Height\u003c\/strong\u003e: 213mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase Width\u003c\/strong\u003e: Backset + 16mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCopy\/Genuine\u003c\/strong\u003e: Genuine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCylinder Type\u003c\/strong\u003e: Euro\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHanding\u003c\/strong\u003e: Not Handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain Gearbox\u003c\/strong\u003e: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle\u003c\/strong\u003e: Single 7mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperation\u003c\/strong\u003e: Lift Lever\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging\u003c\/strong\u003e: Supplied in singles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor any further inquiries or assistance, feel free to reach out!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"GU","offers":[{"title":"50mm \/ Single 7mm \/ 70mm","offer_id":54481178526034,"sku":"GUTRICASE50NEW-UDF","price":80.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/GUTRICASE50NEW_1_1.avif?v=1788245295"},{"product_id":"multipoint-gearbox-lift-lever-1","title":"Multipoint Gearbox - Lift Lever","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGoldline gearboxes are designed for durability and ease of use, available in two backset options: 35mm or 45mm, featuring a single spindle mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe single spindles are sprung and specifically designed for lift lever functionality only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 228mm high + backset (35mm or 45mm) + 15mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch \u0026amp; Deadbolt Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30mm each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance Between Latch and Deadbolt:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Details:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGoldline gearboxes come with faceplates that include three screw holes for secure fitting. The measurements for the screw holes are as follows:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop to Middle Screw Hole:\u003c\/strong\u003e 109mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMiddle to Bottom Screw Hole:\u003c\/strong\u003e 109mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNote: Earlier models featured a small spindle hole near the latch for holding the latch back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the locking points and main deadbolt (if applicable) by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Goldline\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35mm or 45mm (Refer to our guide on measuring backset)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ:\u003c\/strong\u003e 92mm (Refer to our guide on measuring centres)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 228mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backset + 16mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCopy\/Genuine:\u003c\/strong\u003e Genuine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCylinder Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Euro\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain Gearbox:\u003c\/strong\u003e Latch \u0026amp; Deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lift Lever (Learn more about operation)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supplied individually\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor any further questions or clarifications, feel free to reach out!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Goldline","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Single 8mm \/ 92mm","offer_id":54481225220434,"sku":"GOLGBOX35S-UDF","price":52.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm \/ Single 8mm \/ 92mm","offer_id":54481225253202,"sku":"GOLGBOX45S-UDF","price":49.13,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/GOLGBOX45S_1_1_cf019034-e7bb-40b9-9eaf-eb21731f9bb5.avif?v=1788245949"},{"product_id":"multipoint-gearbox-lift-lever-or-double-spindle","title":"Multipoint Gearbox - Lift Lever or Double Spindle","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntroducing our versatile Goldline gearbox, designed for optimal security and functionality. Available in two backset options—35mm and 45mm—this gearbox features both a latch and deadbolt mechanism, ensuring robust performance. The 45mm version utilizes a 35mm case with an extended latch and deadbolt, complemented by a 10mm packer piece for enhanced fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis gearbox is equipped with a double spindle and is unsprung, making it essential to pair it with sprung door handles for optimal operation. The double spindle locks come with 62mm and 92mm centres, allowing for flexibility in installation. They can function as either a lift lever or a double spindle night latch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions and Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 228mm high, with a backset measurement plus 15mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch and Deadbolt Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Both measure 30mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance Between Latch and Deadbolt:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Fitting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed with three screw holes; the top to middle screw hole measures 109mm, and the middle to bottom also measures 109mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEarlier models of this gearbox included a small spindle hole at the top of the case, located near the latch, which was used to hold the latch back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo operate the gearbox:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the locking points and main deadbolt (if applicable) by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnlocking the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Goldline\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35mm or 45mm (Learn how to measure the backset)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ:\u003c\/strong\u003e 92mm\/62mm or 92mm only (Learn how to measure the centres)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 228mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backset + 16mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCopy\/Genuine:\u003c\/strong\u003e Genuine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCylinder Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Euro\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain Gearbox:\u003c\/strong\u003e Latch \u0026amp; Deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single or Double 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lift Lever or Double Spindle Nightlatch (What is the operation?)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supplied in singles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Goldline gearbox combines durability with ease of use, making it an excellent choice for enhancing your door security.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Goldline","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Double 8mm","offer_id":54481227514194,"sku":"GOLGBOX35D-UDF","price":50.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm \/ Double 8mm","offer_id":54481227546962,"sku":"GOLGBOX45D-UDF","price":45.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1081\/7994\/7858\/files\/GOLGBOX35D_1_2.avif?v=1788246076"}],"url":"https:\/\/upvcfittings.co.uk\/collections\/multipoint-gearboxes.oembed?page=5","provider":"UPVC Fittings","version":"1.0","type":"link"}